JP7269647B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine such as a pachinko game machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, gaming machines that use display screens to perform various effects are common (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

In such a game machine, a timer effect is performed to count down the time when the target image is displayed.

JP 2013-198568 A

However, even with the gaming machines described above, there is still room for improvement in terms of techniques for enhancing the interest in games.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object of the present invention is to improve the enjoyment of games.

The present invention has been made to solve at least part of the above problems, and can be implemented as the following application examples.

[Application example 1]
A gaming machine comprising display means for displaying a plurality of performance symbols,
a first effect for executing a variable display of the plurality of effect symbols;
a second effect of displaying a plurality of timers on the display means and updating the plurality of timers during execution of the first effect;
a third effect capable of starting a specific effect only while the second effect is being executed;
When starting the third effect, all of the plurality of timers are erased from the display means, and the second effect is terminated.
A gaming machine characterized by:

According to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

1 is a front view of a game machine; FIG. It is an enlarged view of display devices. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main control board side of the gaming machine. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sub-control board side of the gaming machine. FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a main ROM and a main RAM; FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining a sub-ROM and a sub-RAM; FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating big-hit determination table T1. It is explanatory drawing of jackpot classification determination table T5. It is explanatory drawing of the fluctuation pattern determination table T6 at the time of a non-work-time-saving state. It is explanatory drawing of the fluctuation pattern determination table T6 at the time of a time saving state. 4 is a flowchart of main control main processing; 10 is a flowchart of main-side timer interrupt processing; 4 is a flowchart of special action processing; It is a flowchart of a special symbol standby process. It is a flowchart of big hit determination processing. 4 is a flowchart showing sub-control main processing; 9 is a flowchart of sub-side timer interrupt processing; 8 is a flowchart of received command analysis processing; It is a flow chart of the fluctuation effect start processing. It is a diagram when the first movable accessory is in the retracted position and the light emitting unit is in the change mode. It is a diagram when the first movable accessory is in the retracted position and the light emitting unit is in the extinguished mode. It is a diagram when the first movable accessory is in the advanced position and the light emitting unit is in the lighting mode. It is a diagram when the first movable accessory is in the retracted position and the light emitting unit is in the lighting mode. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a movable accessory production A; FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a movable accessory production B; FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a movable accessory production C; FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a movable accessory production D; FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a movable accessory production E; It is a figure for demonstrating the movable accessory production F. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating another example of the character pattern matching production|presentation. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production|presentation A. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production|presentation B. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production|presentation C. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production D. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production E. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production F. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production G. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production|presentation H. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion effect I. FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a maximum round promotion effect J; It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production K. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production L. FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the maximum round promotion production M. FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect A; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect B; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect C; FIG. FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect D; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect E; FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect F; FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect G; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect H; FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect I; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect J; FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect K; FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a timer effect L; FIG.

<First embodiment>
1. Structure of Gaming Machine FIG. 1 is a front view of a gaming machine 1 as one embodiment of the present invention. In the following description, the left-right direction of the gaming machine 1 corresponds to the left-right direction viewed from the player facing the gaming machine 1 . Also, the front direction of the gaming machine 1 will be described as the direction from the gaming machine 1 to the player, and the rearward direction of the gaming machine 1 will be described as the direction from the player to the gaming machine 1 .

The game machine 1 is a pachinko game machine that shoots game balls based on a player's shooting operation, and pays out a predetermined number of game balls to the player based on the winning when the game balls win in a specific winning device. be. The game machine 1 includes a game machine frame 50 and a game board 2, and the game board 2 is attached inside the game machine frame 50.例文帳に追加The game machine frame 50 includes a front frame (front frame portion) 53, an outer frame (base frame portion) that forms the outer shell of the game machine, and an inner frame to which the game board 2 is attached inside the outer frame. I have. The front frame (front frame portion) 53 is a vertically rectangular unit arranged on the front side of the outer frame and the inner frame. ) 62 , an effect button 63 , a sword member 64 , a sword button 65 , a frame lamp 66 , a speaker 67 , a select button 68 and a frame movable body 600 . An opening is formed in the center of the front frame 53, and the game area 3 of the game board 2 can be viewed through the opening.

The handle 60 is arranged at the lower end on the right side of the front frame 53, and shoots the game ball with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation angle. A batted ball supply tray (upper tray) 61 is provided below the front frame 53 and stores game balls. The surplus ball receiving tray (lower tray) 62 is arranged below the hit ball supply tray (upper tray) 61 and stores game balls that cannot be accommodated in the hit ball supply tray (upper tray) 61 . The production button 63 is an operation unit arranged near the batted ball supply tray (upper tray) 61, and is operated (pressed) by the player at the time of production performed as the game progresses. The sword member 64 is a sword-shaped operation unit, and can be pushed downward by the player during effects that are executed as the game progresses. The sword button 65 is an operation unit provided at the upper end portion of the sword member 64, that is, at the end of the hilt of the sword, and is operated (pressed) by the player during effects that are executed as the game progresses. be. The sword member 64 is configured to be able to perform two different operations: a first operation of pushing the entire sword member 64 downward, and a second operation of pressing the sword button 65 at the tip. The frame lamp 66 is arranged around the opening of the front frame 53, and performs light emission effect during a game or the like. The speakers 67 are arranged on the upper left and upper right sides of the front frame 53, and produce sound during a game or the like. The select button 68 is a so-called cross key and is composed of a left button, a right button, an up button, and a down button, and enables various inputs. The frame movable body 600 is a movable so-called gimmick provided on the upper portion of the front frame 53 . The frame movable body 600 is configured to be displaceable from a retracted state in which it is stored inside the front frame 53 to an exposed state in which it protrudes upward from the front frame 53 .

The game board 2 includes a game area 3, a rail member 4, a board lamp 5, an image display device 7, a center decoration 10, a fixed winning device (navel) 19, and a normal variable winning device (electric chew) 22. , a gate (through chucker) 28, a first big winning device (first attacker) 31, a second big winning device (second attacker) 36, a general winning gate 27 (ordinary winning gate 27), and an out gate. 16 and indicators 40 .

The game area 3 is an area where the game ball shot by the operation of the handle 60 flows down, and a plurality of game pegs for guiding the game ball are protruded. The rail member 4 is arranged at the left end of the game area 3 and guides the game ball shot by operating the handle 60 upwards of the game area 3 . The board lamp 5 is arranged on the back side of the game area 3 and emits light from the back side of the game area 3 .

The image display device 7 is provided near the center of the game area 3 and has a display screen 7a. The image display device 7 may be a liquid crystal display device, or may be another image display device such as an organic EL display device, a plasma display, a projector, or a dot matrix. The display screen 7a of the image display device 7 includes a production pattern display area in which production patterns (decorative patterns) 8L, 8C, and 8R are variably displayed (also referred to as variable display), and a reserved image display in which reserved images 9A and 9B are displayed. and a pending digested image display region in which the pending digested image 9C is displayed. The pending images 9A and 9B are images representing pending and are also called pending icons 9A and 9B. The pending digest image 9C is an image representing the pending, and is also called the pending image 9C or the pending icon 9C.

The performance symbol display area includes three symbol display areas of "left", "middle" and "right". A left effect pattern (left decorative pattern) 8L is displayed in the left pattern display area. A medium effect pattern (middle decorative pattern) 8C is displayed in the middle pattern display area. A right effect pattern (right decorative pattern) 8R is displayed in the right pattern display area. The production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are composed of a plurality of patterns representing numbers "1" to "9", for example. The variable display of the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R is synchronized with the variable display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol which will be described later. The image display device 7 displays the first special symbol and the The result of variable display of the second special symbol (big hit lottery result) can be displayed in an easy-to-understand manner for the player.

For example, when a jackpot is won, the production pattern is stopped and displayed with double numbers such as "777". In the case of a miss, the production pattern is stopped and displayed with a loose pattern such as "637". This makes it easier for the player to grasp the progress of the game. The player can grasp the jackpot lottery result by the image display device 7 in addition to the first special symbol display device 41a and the second special symbol display device 41b. The position of the pattern display area may not be fixed. Moreover, as a mode of the variable display of the effect symbols, a mode of scrolling in the vertical direction may be used, or a mode other than that may be used. It is not limited to the above, and can be arbitrarily set as to what combination of performance symbols to stop display according to each lottery result. Hereinafter, the effect of displaying the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R is also called "variation effect of effect pattern", "variation effect of decorative symbol", or simply "variation effect". In addition, in this decorative symbol variation effect, the effect in the period from when the special symbol starts to change until it stops (also called a special symbol variation period) is counted as one variation effect. Therefore, even if there is a case in which the decorative symbols are temporarily stopped during the period from when the special symbols start to fluctuate until they stop, the performance of the temporary stop is included in the variable performance of the decorative symbols.

The image display device 7 can display, on the display screen 7a, a big win performance performed in parallel with a big win game (an example of a special game), a demonstration performance for waiting for customers, etc., in addition to the performance symbol variation performance. In the production design variation production, production images such as a background image and a character image may be displayed in addition to the production design. In addition to the effect pattern, the image display device 7 also provides an identification display (fourth pattern, not shown) that can suggest that the special pattern is changing, or that the special pattern lottery result can be suggested. may be displayed on the display screen 7a. The identification display (fourth pattern) may be displayed by a light emitter such as an LED provided in the game area 3 .

The reserved image display area is a first reserved display area that displays a reserved image 9A according to the number of memories of the first special figure reservation described later, and a reserved image 9B according to the number of memories of the second special figure reservation that will be described later. and a second reserved display area. By the display of the pending images 9A and 9B, the storage number of the first special figure suspension displayed on the first special figure suspension display 43a described later, and the second special figure suspension displayed on the second special figure suspension display 43b can be displayed in an easy-to-understand manner for the player. The pending digest image display area includes a pending digest display area that displays a pending digest image 9C. The reserved digested image 9C corresponds to the effect symbols (effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R) that are currently changing on the display screen 7a, and depending on the display of the suspended digested image 9C, the first special figure suspension or the second special figure suspension It is possible to display in an easy-to-understand manner for the player that is digested ("digestion of special figure reservation" described later).

Below the image display device 7, a first board movable body 14 (also referred to as a first movable accessory 14), which is a movable so-called gimmick, is provided. The first movable accessory 14 is configured such that a plate-like member can move up and down. The plate-like member has the same design as the "7" symbol among the performance symbols. This pattern portion is a light-emitting portion 14a capable of changing the light-emitting mode. The first movable accessory 14 normally rests at the retracted position (FIG. 1) below the image display device 7, and can move (advance) upward from the retracted position and rest at the advanced position. . The first movable accessory 14 covers part of the image display device 7 when stopped at the advanced position.

The center decorative body 10 is arranged near the center of the game area 3 and in front of the image display device 7 . A second board movable body 15 (also referred to as a second movable accessory 15), which is a movable so-called gimmick, is attached to the center decorative body 10. - 特許庁A stage portion 11 is formed below the center decorative body 10 . The stage portion 11 has a shape capable of guiding a game ball rolling on the upper surface of the stage portion 11 to a first starting port 20 which will be described later. A warp portion 12 is provided on the lower left side of the center decorative body 10 . The warp part 12 has an entrance part into which the game balls flow in and an exit part from which the game balls flow out, and the game balls flowing in from the entrance part flow out to the stage part 11 from the exit part.

A fixed prize winning device (navel) 19 is arranged below the image display device 7 in the game area 3, and is a first start opening (first start winning opening, first ball entry opening) in which the ease with which a game ball enters is always unchanged. port, fixed starting port) 20. Winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20 triggers a first special symbol lottery (jackpot lottery). In other words, the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20 is a trigger for the acquisition of the jackpot random number and the like and the jackpot determination and the like.

The normal variable winning device (electric chew) 22 is arranged below the first starting port 20 in the game area 3, and has a second starting port (second starting winning port, second ball entrance, variable starting port) 21. ing. Winning of the game ball to the second starting port 21 triggers a second special symbol lottery (jackpot lottery). The electric chew 22 has a movable member 23 in front of the second starting port 21 , and the second starting port 21 is opened and closed by the operation of the movable member 23 . The movable member 23 is driven by an electric tuning solenoid 24 (FIG. 3). A game ball can enter the second starting port 21 when the movable member 23 is in an open state. It is sufficient for the electric chew 22 to enter the second starting port 21 more easily when the movable member 23 is in the open state than when it is in the closed state. It may be possible to enter the ball into.

The gate (through chucker) 28 is arranged above the first big winning device (first attacker) 31 in the game area 3, and is configured to allow game balls to pass through. Passage of the game ball to the gate 28 triggers a normal symbol lottery for determining whether or not to open the electric chew 22.例文帳に追加In other words, the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 triggers the acquisition of the normal symbol random number (hit random number) and the hit determination.

Here, the "lottery of special symbols" means that when a game ball wins in the first start port 20 or the second start port 21, a random number for special symbol determination is obtained, and the obtained random number is determined in advance. It is a process of determining whether or not a big win is made by comparing with the value corresponding to the "big win". The lottery result of this "jackpot" is not immediately notified to the player, but the variable display of special symbols is performed on the first special symbol display device 41a or the second special symbol display device 41b, which will be described later, and the predetermined variation is performed. When the time elapses, the special symbol corresponding to the lottery result is stopped and displayed (determined display), and the player is notified of the lottery result. In the image display device 7, a pattern matching game for variably displaying performance patterns is performed in synchronism with the variable display of the special patterns, and the result of the lottery of the big win is reported to the player more effectively by the pattern matching game.

In addition, the "lottery of normal symbols" means that when a game ball passes through the gate 28, a random number for normal symbol determination is obtained, and the obtained random number is compared with a value corresponding to a predetermined "hit". By doing so, it means the process of judging whether or not it is a hit. As for the lottery result of this normal pattern, the game ball passes through the gate 28 and the lottery result is not immediately reported, but the normal pattern is displayed in a normal pattern display device 42 to be described later, and the predetermined fluctuation is performed. When the time elapses, the normal symbol corresponding to the lottery result is fixedly displayed (lighted or extinguished), and the player is notified of the lottery result.

The first big winning device (first attacker, first special variable winning device) 31 is arranged above and to the right of the first starting port 20 in the game area 3, and the first big winning port (first special winning port) 30 and , a V region 39 , a non-V region 70 , and a V opening/closing member 71 . The first big winning hole 30 has an opening/closing member (first special winning hole opening/closing member) 32 that permits or inhibits reception of game balls by a swing-type opening/closing operation. The opening/closing member 32 is driven by a first grand prize winning solenoid 33 (FIG. 3). A game ball can enter the first big winning hole 30 when the opening/closing member 32 is in an open state.

The first big prize winning device 31 has a V area (specific area) 39, a V area sensor 39a (FIG. 3), a non-V area (non-specific area) 70, and a non-V area sensor 70a (FIG. 3). , a first prize winning hole sensor 30a (FIG. 3), a V opening/closing member 71, and a V opening/closing member solenoid 73 (FIG. 3). The V area (specified area) 39 and the non-V area (non-specified area) 70 are configured as areas inside the first big winning device 31 through which game balls that have passed through the first big winning hole 30 can pass. . The first big winning hole sensor 30 a is arranged upstream of the V area 39 and the non-V area 70 and detects the winning of the game ball into the first big winning hole 30 . The V area sensor 39 a is arranged in the V area 39 and detects passage of a game ball to the V area 39 . The non-V area sensor 70 a is arranged in the non-V area 70 and detects passage of a game ball to the non-V area 70 . The V opening/closing member 71 distributes the game ball that has passed through the first big winning hole 30 to either the V area 39 or the non-V area 70 . The V opening/closing member solenoid 73 drives the V opening/closing member 71 . The V opening/closing member 71 is configured to rotate (clockwise and counterclockwise with respect to the game board 2), and when the V opening/closing member solenoid 73 is energized, it rotates counterclockwise from the origin position to release the game ball. A first state (rotating state) in which the ball is distributed to the V area 39 is entered, and a second state (stopped state) in which the game ball is positioned at the origin and distributed to the non-V area 70 is entered when the V opening/closing member solenoid 73 is not energized. . In addition, the V opening and closing member 71 is not limited to rotational movement, and may have a function of distributing the game ball that has passed through the first big winning hole 30 to either the V area 39 or the non-V area 70. For example, It may be configured to move in the front-rear direction with respect to the game board 2 . That is, when the V opening/closing member solenoid 73 is energized, it becomes a retracted state (first state) in which game balls are distributed to the V area 39, and when the V opening/closing member solenoid 73 is not energized, it is in an advanced state in which game balls are distributed to the non-V area 70. (Second state). In the gaming machine 1, passage of the game ball to the V area 39 triggers a transition to a high probability state, which will be described later. That is, the V region 39 is a variable probability operating port. On the other hand, the non-V region 70 is not a variable probability operating port. The first big winning device 31 of this embodiment further includes a first big winning device discharge sensor (not shown) that counts the number of game balls discharged from the first big winning device 31 . The first big winning device discharge sensor is provided at a point where the V area 39 and the non-V area 70 merge downstream, and counts the number of game balls that have passed through the V area sensor 39a or the non-V area sensor 70a.

The second big winning device (second attacker, second special variable winning device) 36 is arranged above the first big winning port 30 in the game area 3, and the second big winning port (second special winning port) 35 It has The second big prize winning opening 35 is provided with an opening/closing member (second special winning opening opening/closing member, movable member) 37 that obstructs or permits reception of game balls by a swing-type opening/closing operation. The opening/closing member 37 is driven by a second prize winning opening solenoid 38 (FIG. 3). A game ball can enter the second big winning hole 35 when the opening/closing member 37 is in an open state.

The general winning opening 27 is provided at the bottom of the game area 3 . The out port 16 is provided in the lower part of the game area 3, and discharges out of the game area 3 game balls that have not won any prize winning openings. The display devices 40 are arranged near the center on the right side of the game board 2 . The details of the display devices 40 will be described later.

The game area 3 includes a left game area 3A on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction and a right game area 3B on the right side. A hitting method of shooting a game ball so that the game ball flows down the left game area 3A is called "left hitting". On the other hand, the hitting method of shooting the game ball so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B is called "right hitting". In the gaming machine 1, it is possible to aim for winning the first start hole 20 by hitting left. On the other hand, it is configured so that it is possible to aim to pass through the gate 28 and win prizes in the second start hole 21, the first big prize hole 30, and the second big prize hole 35 by hitting to the right.

FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of the indicators 40. As shown in FIG. The display devices 40 include a first special symbol display device 41a, a second special symbol display device 41b, a normal symbol display device 42, a first special symbol reservation display device 43a, and a second special symbol reservation display device 43b. , and a normal map holding display 44 . The first special symbol display 41a variably displays the first special symbol. The second special symbol display 41b variably displays the second special symbol. The normal symbol display 42 variably displays normal symbols. The 1st special figure reservation indicator 43a displays the number of memory of operation reservation (1st special figure reservation) of the 1st special design indicator 41a. The 2nd special figure reservation indicator 43b displays the number of memory of operation reservation (2nd special figure reservation) of the 2nd special design indicator 41b. The normal pattern holding display 44 displays the number of memory of operation holding (normal pattern holding) of the normal pattern display 42 . The variable display of the first special symbol is triggered by the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20. - 特許庁The variable display of the second special symbol is performed with the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 21 as a trigger. Below, the 1st special design and the 2nd special design are named generically, and it is also called a "special design." Also, the first special symbol display device 41a and the second special symbol display device 41b are collectively referred to as "special symbol display device 41". Further, the first special figure reservation display 43a and the second special figure reservation display 43b are also collectively referred to as "special figure reservation display 43".

The special symbol display device 41 variably displays (variable display) the special symbol (identification information), and then displays it in a stopped state, so that a lottery (lottery per special symbol) based on winning the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 is displayed. , jackpot lottery) results. A special symbol to be stopped and displayed (a stop symbol, a special symbol derived and displayed as a display result of variable display) is one special symbol selected from a plurality of types of special symbols by a special symbol lottery. When the stop pattern is a special pattern (jackpot pattern) of a predetermined jackpot stop mode, the first big prize opening 30 is opened in an opening pattern corresponding to the type of the stopped jackpot pattern (type of jackpot won). Alternatively, a special game (jackpot game) for opening the second big winning hole 35 is performed. The opening patterns of the big winning holes (the first big winning hole 30 and the second big winning hole 35) in the special game will be described later.

The special symbol display device 41 is composed of eight LEDs arranged side by side, and displays a special symbol according to the result of the special symbol winning lottery according to the lighting mode thereof. For example, if you win a jackpot (one of the multiple types of jackpots described later), you can say ``○○●●○○●●'' (○: lit, ●: unlit). , 5th and 6th LEDs light up to display the jackpot symbols. If the game is lost, a lost pattern is displayed in which only the rightmost LED lights up, such as "●●●●●●●○". A mode in which all the LEDs are extinguished may be adopted as the lost pattern. Before the special symbols are stopped and displayed, the special symbols are variably displayed (variably displayed) for a predetermined variation time. As for the aspect of the variable display, for example, each LED may light so that the light repeatedly flows from left to right. The mode of variable display is not limited to the above mode, but can be any lighting mode, as long as each LED is not displayed in a stopped state (lighting display in a specific mode). For example, all LEDs may blink simultaneously in the variable display mode.

In the gaming machine 1, when a game ball enters the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 (enters a ball), the values (numerical information) of various random numbers such as jackpot random numbers acquired for the win are , It is temporarily stored in the special figure reservation storage area 84e (FIG. 5). Specifically, if it is a prize to the first start port 20, it is stored in the first special figure reservation storage area (FIG. 5) as a first special figure reservation, and if it is a prize to the second start opening 21, It is stored in the second special figure reservation storage area (FIG. 5) as the second special figure reservation. There is an upper limit to the number of special figure reservations that can be stored in each special figure reservation storage area 84e, and the upper limit in this embodiment is the first special figure reservation storage area and the second special figure reservation storage area. It has become. The special figure reservation stored in the special figure reservation storage area 84e is consumed when the variable display of the special symbol based on the special figure reservation becomes possible. "Digestion of special figure reservation" means to determine a jackpot random number or the like corresponding to the special figure reservation and execute variable display of special symbols for showing the determination result. Therefore, in the gaming machine 1, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the game ball to the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 cannot be performed immediately after the winning, that is, the execution of the variable display of the special symbols. Even if a prize is won during execution of a special game, the right of a jackpot lottery for the prize can be reserved with a predetermined number as the upper limit. The number of special figure reservations is displayed on the special figure reservation indicator 43 . The 1st special figure reservation indicator 43a and the 2nd special figure reservation indicator 43b are each constituted by four LEDs, for example. Each special figure reservation indicator 43 displays the number of special figure reservations by turning on LEDs corresponding to the number of special figure reservations.

The variable display of normal symbols is performed when the game ball passes through the gate 28 as a trigger. The normal symbol display device 42 notifies the result of the normal symbol lottery based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 by displaying the normal symbols variably (variably displaying) and then stopping the display. A normal pattern to be stopped and displayed (a normal pattern stop pattern, a normal pattern derived and displayed as a display result of variable display) is one normal pattern selected from a plurality of types of normal patterns by a normal pattern lottery. When the normal pattern stop pattern is a predetermined specific normal pattern (a normal pattern of a predetermined stop mode, that is, a normal winning pattern), an auxiliary game that opens the second start port 21 with an opening pattern according to the current game state. is done. The opening pattern of the second starting port 21 will be described later.

The normal symbol display device 42 is composed of two LEDs, and displays a normal symbol according to the result of the normal symbol lottery according to the lighting mode thereof. For example, when the lottery result is a win, a normal win pattern with both LEDs lit up is displayed, such as "○○" (○: lights up, ●: lights out). When the lottery result is a loss, a normal losing pattern in which only the right LED lights up is displayed, such as "●○". A mode in which all the LEDs are extinguished may be employed as a normal losing pattern. Before the normal symbols are stop-displayed, the normal symbols are varied and displayed for a predetermined variation time. As for the aspect of the variable display, for example, both LEDs may alternately light up. The mode of variable display is not limited to the above mode, but can be any lighting mode, as long as each LED is not displayed in a stopped state (lighting display in a specific mode). For example, all LEDs may blink simultaneously in the variable display mode.

In the gaming machine 1, when the game ball passes through the gate 28, the value of the normal symbol random number (hit random number) acquired for the passage is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area 84f (Fig. 5) as the normal pattern reservation. memorized once. There is an upper limit to the number of normal pattern reservations that can be stored in the general pattern reservation storage area 84f, and the upper limit value in this embodiment is four. The normal pattern reservation stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area 84f is extinguished when the variable display of the normal pattern based on the normal pattern reservation becomes possible. The digestion of the normal pattern reservation means that the normal design random number (hit random number) corresponding to the normal pattern reservation is determined, and the normal design variable display is performed to show the determination result. Therefore, in the gaming machine 1, when the variable display of the normal symbols based on the passage of the game ball through the gate 28 cannot be performed immediately after the passage, that is, during the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols or during the execution of the auxiliary game, a prize is won. Even if there is, it is possible to reserve the right of the normal symbol lottery for the passage, with a predetermined number as the upper limit. The number of normal map reservations is displayed on the normal map reservation display 44 . The normal map hold indicator 44 is composed of, for example, four LEDs, and displays the number of normal map reserves by lighting the LEDs by the number of normal map reserves.

2. Electrical Configuration of Gaming Machine The electrical configuration of the gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4. FIG. FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main control board side of the gaming machine 1. As shown in FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sub-control board side of the gaming machine 1. As shown in FIG. The gaming machine 1 includes a main control board 80 (FIG. 3), a sub control board 90 (FIG. 4), an image control board 100 (FIG. 4), a lamp control board 107 (FIG. 4), and an audio control board 106 ( 4) and a payout control board 110 (FIG. 3). The main control board 80 is a game control board that controls game profits such as jackpot lottery and game state transition, and constitutes a main control section. The sub-control board 90 is an effect control board that controls effects executed as the game progresses, and constitutes a sub-control section together with the image control board 100, the lamp control board 107, and the sound control board 106. It should be noted that the sub-control section can be configured as long as it includes at least the sub-control board 90 .

The main control board 80 includes a game control microcomputer 81 and an input/output circuit 87 . The game control microcomputer 81 is a one-chip microcomputer mounted on the main control board 80, and controls the progress of the game of the gaming machine 1 according to a program. The game control microcomputer 81 includes a main ROM 83 that stores programs for controlling the progress of the game, a main RAM 84 that is used as a work memory, a main CPU 82 that executes the programs stored in the main ROM 83, and a timer. It includes an RTC 85 and a FRAM® 86 that enable The RTC 85 and FRAM (registered trademark) 86 are backed up by a primary or secondary battery (not shown). Therefore, the RTC 85 continues clocking even when the power of the game machine 1 is turned off, and the FRAM (registered trademark) 86 keeps its memory contents. Details of the data stored in the main ROM 83 and details of the storage areas provided in the main RAM 84 will be described later. The main ROM 83 may be configured as an external ROM. The game control microcomputer 81 transmits and receives data to and from other boards and the like via an input/output circuit (I/O port section) 87 . The input/output circuit 87 may be built in the game control microcomputer 81 .

Various sensors and solenoids are connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 and a relay board 88 . The main control board 80 receives signals output from each sensor and outputs signals to each solenoid. Sensors connected via the relay board 88 include the first starting opening sensor 20a, the second starting opening sensor 21a, the gate sensor 28a, the first big winning opening sensor 30a, the second big winning opening sensor 35a, and the V area. Sensor 39a, non-V area sensor 70a, and normal winning opening sensor 27a are exemplified. Examples of the solenoids connected via the relay board 88 include the electric tuning solenoid 24, the first big winning opening solenoid 33, the second big winning opening solenoid 38, and the V opening/closing member solenoid 73. The first starting hole sensor 20 a is provided inside the first starting hole 20 and detects a game ball that has entered the first starting hole 20 . The second starting hole sensor 21 a is provided inside the second starting hole 21 and detects a game ball that has entered the second starting hole 21 . The gate sensor 28 a is provided inside the gate 28 and detects a game ball that has passed through the gate 28 . The first big winning hole sensor 30 a is provided inside the first big winning hole 30 and detects a game ball that has won the first big winning hole 30 . The second big winning hole sensor 35 a is provided inside the second big winning hole 35 and detects a game ball that has won the second big winning hole 35 . The V area sensor 39 a is provided in the V area 39 inside the first big winning hole 30 and detects a game ball that has passed through the V area 39 . The non-V area sensor 70 a is provided in the non-V area 70 inside the first big winning hole 30 and detects a game ball that has passed through the non-V area 70 . The normal winning hole sensor 27 a is provided inside the normal winning hole 27 and detects a game ball that has entered the normal winning hole 27 . The electric chew solenoid 24 drives the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 . The first big winning opening solenoid 33 drives the opening/closing member 32 of the first big winning device 31 . The second big prize opening solenoid 38 drives the opening/closing member 37 of the second big prize winning device 36 . The V opening/closing member solenoid 73 drives the V opening/closing member 71 of the first big winning device 31 .

The display devices 40 are connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 . The game control microcomputer 81 includes a first special symbol display device 41a, a second special symbol display device 41b, a normal symbol display device 42, a first special symbol reservation display device 43a, a second special symbol reservation display device 43b, and a general design reservation. Display control for the display device 44 is performed.

An external terminal board 70 is connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 . The main control board 80, for the external terminal plate 70, the winning ball information, the opening information of the door or frame, the number of fluctuations of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the first start port 20, the second start port 21 It outputs a winning game ball, whether or not a jackpot is in progress, a security signal, and the like. Especially in this embodiment, it is possible to output schedule information regarding setting changes to the external terminal board 70 .

A setting change device 71 is connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 . The setting change device 71 allows the jackpot probability of the gaming machine to be set in a maximum of six stages. The setting change device 71 will be described later.

A payout control board 110 is connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 . The main control board 80 transmits various commands to the payout control board 110 and receives signals from the payout control board 110 for payout monitoring. The payout control board 110 is connected with a prize ball payout device 120 , a rental ball payout device 130 and a card unit 135 , and is connected with a launcher 112 via a launch control circuit 111 . The prize ball payout device 120 pays out prize balls. The payout control board 110 drives the prize ball motor 121 of the prize ball payout device 120 based on the signal from the game control microcomputer 81 to pay out the prize balls. Prize balls to be dispensed are detected by a prize ball sensor 122 for counting. The rental ball dispensing device 130 discharges the rental balls. The payout control board 110 drives the rented ball motor 131 of the rented ball payout device 130 based on the signal from the card unit 135 connected to the gaming machine 1 to pay out the rented balls. The rented balls to be paid out are detected by a rented ball sensor 132 for counting. The card unit 135 is arranged adjacent to the gaming machine 1, and outputs information regarding ball lending based on information such as the inserted prepaid card. Firing device 112 includes handle 60 ( FIG. 1 ), firing motor 113 , touch switch 114 , and firing volume 115 . When the player operates the handle 60 , the shooting device 112 detects the contact of the handle 60 with the touch switch 114 and detects the amount of rotation of the handle 60 with the shooting volume 115 . Then, the shooting motor 113 is driven so that the game ball is shot with strength corresponding to the magnitude of the detection signal of the shooting volume 115 .

A sub control board 90 ( FIG. 4 ) is connected to the main control board 80 via an input/output circuit 87 . The main control board 80 transmits various commands to the sub control board 90 . The connection between the main control board 80 and the sub control board 90 is a unidirectional communication connection that allows only transmission of signals from the main control board 80 to the sub control board 90 . That is, between the main control board 80 and the sub-control board 90, a unidirectional circuit (for example, a circuit using a diode) (not shown) is interposed as communication direction control means.

The sub-control board 90 includes a production control microcomputer 91 and an input/output circuit 95 . The effect control microcomputer 91 is a one-chip microcomputer mounted on the sub-control board 90, and controls the game effect of the game machine 1 according to a program. The performance control microcomputer 91 includes a sub ROM 93 for storing programs and the like for controlling the performance as the game progresses, a sub RAM 94 used as a work memory, and a sub ROM 93 for executing the programs stored in the sub ROM 94. It includes a CPU 92 , an RTC 95 that enables timekeeping, and an FRAM (registered trademark) 96 . The RTC 95 and FRAM (registered trademark) 96 are backed up by a primary or secondary battery (not shown). Therefore, the RTC 95 continues clocking even when the gaming machine 1 is powered off, and the FRAM (registered trademark) 96 keeps its memory contents. Details of the data stored in the sub-ROM 93 and details of the storage areas provided in the sub-RAM 94 will be described later. The sub ROM 93 may be configured as an external ROM. The effect control microcomputer 91 transmits and receives data to and from other boards and the like via an input/output circuit (I/O port section) 95 . The input/output circuit 95 may be built in the effect control microcomputer 91 . An image control board 100 , an audio control board 106 , a lamp control board 107 and a relay board 108 are connected to the sub control board 90 via an input/output circuit 95 .

The image control board 100 includes an image control microcomputer 101, an input circuit 105a, and an output circuit 105b. The image control microcomputer 101 is a one-chip microcomputer mounted on the image control board 100, and performs display control of the image display device 7 according to a program. The image control microcomputer 101 includes a CPU 102 , a ROM 103 and a RAM 104 . In the ROM 103, in addition to programs for performing display control, still image data and moving image data to be displayed on the image display device 7, specifically, characters, items, graphics, characters, numbers, symbols, etc. ) and image data such as background images are stored. A RAM 104 is used as a memory for developing image data. The CPU 102 executes programs stored in the ROM 103 . The effect control microcomputer 91 causes the image control microcomputer 101 to control the display of the image display device 7 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . The image control microcomputer 101 reads out image data from the ROM 103 based on a command from the effect control microcomputer 91, and performs display control based on the read image data.

A speaker 67 is connected to the audio control board 106 , and based on commands received from the main control board 80 , the effect control microcomputer 91 outputs sounds, music, and sound effects from the speaker 67 via the audio control board 106 . and so on. Acoustic data such as voice output from the speaker 67 is stored in the sub ROM 93 of the sub control board 90 . Note that the audio control board 106 may have a CPU mounted thereon, and the CPU may execute audio control based on commands. Furthermore, the audio control board 106 may be implemented with a ROM, and the audio data may be stored in the ROM. Alternatively, the speaker 67 may be connected to the image control board 100 to cause the CPU 102 of the image control board 100 to perform voice control. Furthermore, the sound data may be stored in the ROM 103 of the image control board 100. FIG.

The frame lamp 66, the board lamp 5, the first movable accessory 14, and the second movable accessory 15 are connected to the lamp control board 107 to control them. The effect control microcomputer 91 performs lighting control of lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 via the lamp control board 107 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . In other words, the production control microcomputer 91 creates light emission pattern data (data for deciding on/off and emission color, also referred to as lamp data) that determines the light emission mode of the lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5, and creates light emission patterns. Light emission of lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 is controlled according to the data. Data stored in the sub-ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the light emission pattern data. The effect control microcomputer 91 operates the first movable accessory 14 and the second movable accessory 15 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . The first movable accessory 14 is a movable so-called gimmick provided below the image display device 7 . The second movable accessory 15 is a movable so-called gimmick provided on the center decorative body 10 . The performance control microcomputer 91 creates motion pattern data (driving data) that determines the motion mode of each of the first movable role product 14 and the second movable role product 15, and controls the first movable role product 14 and the second movable role product 15 according to the motion pattern data. 2 Control the operation of the movable accessory 15 . Data stored in the sub ROM 93 is used to create the operation pattern data. In addition, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs lighting control of the first movable accessory 14 via the lamp control board 107 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . The first movable accessory 14 has a light-emitting part 14a, and creates light-emitting pattern data (data for deciding on/off, light-emitting color, etc., also referred to as lamp data) that determines the light-emitting mode of the light-emitting part 14a, and emits light. Light emission of the first movable accessory 14 is controlled according to the pattern data. Data stored in the sub-ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the light emission pattern data. Note that the lamp control board 107 may have a CPU mounted thereon, and the CPU may execute lighting control of the lamp and operation control of the movable accessories 14 and 15 based on commands. In this case, the lamp control board 107 may be mounted with a ROM, and the ROM may store data relating to light emission patterns and operation patterns.

A performance button 63 , a select button 68 , and a frame movable body 600 are connected to the relay board 108 . The effect button 63 outputs a switch signal to the sub-control board 90 via the relay board 108 when pressed (depressed) by the player. Also, the effect control microcomputer 91 operates the effect button 63 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . The production button 63 is not only pressable, but also position-changeable between a normal position (recessed position) in which the upper surface of the button body part slightly protrudes, and a protruding position in which most of the button body part protrudes. It's becoming That is, the production button 63 is raised as one of the productions. The production control microcomputer 91 creates position change data (driving data) for changing the position of the production button 63, and controls the operation of the production button 63 according to the position change data. Data stored in the sub ROM 93 is used to create position change data. The select button 68 outputs a switch signal to the sub-control board 90 via the relay board 108 when pressed (depressed) by the player.

The effect control microcomputer 91 operates the frame movable body 600 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . The frame movable body 600 is a movable so-called gimmick provided on the upper portion of the front frame 53 (FIG. 1). The effect control microcomputer 91 creates motion pattern data (driving data) that determines the motion mode of the frame movable body 600, and controls the motion of the frame movable body 600 according to the motion pattern data. Data stored in the sub ROM 93 is used to create the operation pattern data. The relay board 108 may be connected to a touch sensor or the like provided on the front frame 53 and outputting a detection signal upon contact with a human body.

3. Data Configuration of Gaming Machine The data configuration of the gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6. FIG. FIG. 5A is a diagram for explaining a table stored in the main ROM 83. FIG. FIG. 5B is a diagram for explaining storage areas provided in the main RAM 84. As shown in FIG. FIG. 6A is a diagram for explaining the table stored in the sub ROM 93. As shown in FIG. FIG. 6B is a diagram for explaining storage areas provided in the sub-RAM 94. As shown in FIG.

The main ROM 83 (FIG. 5(A)) contains a jackpot determination table T1, a reach determination table T2, a normal symbol hit determination table T3, a normal symbol variation pattern determination table T4, a jackpot type determination table T5, and a variation pattern. A judgment table T6, an electric chew opening pattern judgment table T7, a big winning opening pattern judgment table T8, and a V opening/closing member opening pattern judgment table T9 are stored. These determination tables are referred to by the game control microcomputer 81 in main control main processing (described later) executed by the game control microcomputer 81 .

The main RAM 84 (FIG. 5(B)) includes a command set area 84a, a flag set area 84b, a counter set area 84c, a special action status set area 84d, a special figure pending storage area 84e, and a normal figure pending storage. An area 84f and a setting information storage area 84g are provided. The command set area 84a is an area (output buffer) in which a command to be output from the main control unit side to the sub control unit side is set in the main control main processing (described later), and is a pre-determining command, a pending pitch command, Variation start command, variation stop command, opening command, round designation command, ending command, game state designation command, V pass command, customer waiting command, etc. are set. The flag set area 84b is an area in which a flag indicating the state of the gaming machine or the game state is set in the main control main process (described later), such as a jackpot flag, a jackpot end flag, a V flag, a variable probability flag, a time saving flag, and the like. set. The counter set area 84c is an area where counters used in the main control main process (described later) are set, and a random number counter, a round counter, a variable probability counter, a time saving counter and the like are set. The special action status set area 84d is an area in which a status is set for special action processing, which will be described later. The special figure reservation storage area 84e includes a first special figure reservation storage area in which the first special figure reservation is stored and a second special figure reservation storage area in which the second special figure reservation is stored. In the first special figure reservation storage area, a random number group (reservation information) such as a random number per special symbol corresponding to the first, second, third, and fourth of the first special figure reservation is stored. A first storage area, a second storage area, a third storage area, and a fourth storage area are provided for this purpose. In the second special figure reservation storage area, the first memory for storing the random number group (reservation information) corresponding to the first, second, third, and fourth of the second special figure reservation A second storage area, a third storage area, and a fourth storage area are provided. The general pattern reservation storage area 84f stores a random number group (reservation information) such as a general pattern random number (per random number) corresponding to the first, second, third, and fourth general pattern reservation. A first storage area, a second storage area, a third storage area, and a fourth storage area are provided.

The setting information storage area 84g is an area for storing the setting information of the gaming machine set by the setting change device 71 (FIG. 3). The setting information is numerical information that is set in six stages of setting 1 to setting 6. FIG. The setting information storage area 84g is backed up by a backup power source (not shown), and the contents stored in the setting information storage area 84g are retained even when the gaming machine 1 is powered off.

The sub-ROM 93 (FIG. 6A) contains a look-ahead effect pattern determination table T51, a basic effect pattern determination table T52, a chance-up effect pattern determination table T53, a stop symbol pattern determination table T54, and a setting suggestive effect pattern determination table. Table T55 and are stored. These determination tables are referred to by the effect control microcomputer 91 in sub-control main processing (described later) executed by the effect control microcomputer 91 .

The sub-RAM 94 (FIG. 6B) is provided with a command storage area 94a, an effect command set area 94b, a counter set area 94c, and a setting information storage area 94d. The command storage area 94a is an area (input buffer) in which commands input from the main control unit side are stored in the sub-control main process (described later). A stop command, an opening command, a round designation command, an ending command, a game state designation command, a V passage command, a customer waiting command, etc. are stored. The effect command set area 94b is an area ( It is an output buffer), and a variable production start command, a command before the end of fluctuation, a variable production end command, an opening production start command, a round production start command, an ending production start command, etc. are set. The counter set area 94c is an area where the counter used in the sub-control main process (described later) is set, and includes a random number counter, a first special figure pending effect counter, a second special figure pending effect counter, a general figure pending effect counter. , Probable variation production counter, time saving production counter, setting suggestion production counter, prefetch production counter, etc. are set. The setting information storage area 94d is an area in which setting information output from the main control unit is stored. The setting information storage area 94d is backed up by a power source (not shown), and retains its contents even when the gaming machine 1 is powered off.

Various random numbers acquired by the game control microcomputer 81 in the gaming machine 1 will now be described.
The game control microcomputer 81 acquires a "jackpot random number", a "jackpot type random number", a "reach random number", a "fluctuation pattern random number", and a "normal symbol random number (hit random number)" at the timing described later. is configured as
The “jackpot random number” is a random number used in a lottery (jackpot determination) to determine whether or not a jackpot will be won, and takes a value ranging from 0 to 65,535.
The “jackpot type random number” is a random number used for lottery (jackpot type determination) for the type of the winning jackpot, and takes a value ranging from 0 to 127.
"Reach random number" is a random number used to determine whether or not to generate a reach in the effect symbol variation effect indicating the result when the big hit determination is a loss, and is a value in the range of 0 to 127. take. Reach is a state in which only one of the plurality of production patterns (decorative patterns) that is variably displayed remains, and it depends on which design the variably displayed production pattern is stopped and displayed. It is a state (for example, the state of "7↓7") that is a combination of performance symbols indicating a jackpot winning. In addition, the effect symbol that is stopped and displayed in the ready-to-win state may be displayed as if it is shaking within the display screen 7a.

“Variation pattern random number” is a random number used to determine a variation pattern including variation time, and takes a value in the range of 0-127.
“Normal symbol random number (hit random number)” is used for a lottery (normal symbol lottery) for determining whether or not to perform an auxiliary game for opening the electric chew 22 . The normal symbol random number takes a value in the range of 0-255.
The "jackpot random number", "jackpot type random number", "reach random number", and "fluctuation pattern random number" are obtained based on the ball entering the starting port (first starting port 20 or second starting port 21). The random value group obtained based on the entry into the first start port 20 is stored in the first special figure reservation storage area, and the random value group obtained based on the entry into the second start port 21 is stored in the first 2 It is stored in the special figure reservation storage area. “Normal symbol random number (hit random number)” is acquired based on passing through the gate 28 . The acquired normal symbol random number value is stored in the normal symbol reservation storage area 84f.

Next, various random numbers acquired by the effect control microcomputer 91 in the gaming machine 1 will be described.
The effect control microcomputer 91 is configured to acquire a "read-ahead effect random number" and a "chance-up random number". "Read-ahead effect random number" is a random number obtained as a value of the look-ahead effect counter set in the counter set area 94c and used to determine the look-ahead effect at the time of the variable effect. take. The “chance-up random number” is a random number used for determining the chance-up effect during the variable effect, and takes a value in the range of 0-127. The "read-ahead effect random number" is acquired based on the output of a pre-determination command from the main control section to the sub-control section. The acquired random value group is stored in the sub-RAM 94 . The "chance-up random number" is acquired based on the output of a variation start command from the main control section to the sub-control section. The acquired random number value is stored in the sub-RAM 94 .

4. Description of Various Tables FIG. 7 is a diagram for describing the jackpot determination table T1.
The jackpot determination table T1 determines whether the jackpot random number value (one of 0 to 65535) obtained by the game control microcomputer 81 in the main control main process (described later) corresponds to a "jackpot" or a "loss". It is a table referred to for determination. The big win determination in the big win determination table T1 is performed based on the game state of the gaming machine 1 and the setting information stored in the setting information storage area 84g (FIG. 5). For example, if the setting information is "setting 1" in the "normal probability state", if the jackpot random value is "0 to 409", it is determined as a "jackpot", and the jackpot random value is a number other than "0 to 409" (410 to 65535)” is determined to be “losing”. The game state of the gaming machine 1 will be described later.

In the reach determination table T2, the game control microcomputer 81 obtains a reach random number (any of 0 to 127) in the main control main process (described later) corresponds to "with reach" or "without reach". This table is referenced to determine whether The reach determination in the reach determination table T2 is performed based on the gaming state of the gaming machine 1. FIG. In this embodiment, in the "non-time-saving state", if the reach random number is "0 to 13", it is determined to be "with reach", and the reach random number is a number other than "0 to 13 (14 to 127) , it is determined that there is no reach. Also, in the "time saving state", if the reach random number is "0 to 5", it is determined that there is reach, and if the reach random number is "a number other than 0 to 5 (6 to 127)" is determined to be "no reach".

In the normal symbol hit determination table T3, the normal symbol random number value (any one of 0 to 255) acquired by the game control microcomputer 81 in the main control main process (described later) corresponds to "win" or "loss". This table is referenced to determine whether to Determination in the normal symbol hit determination table T3 is performed based on the game state of the gaming machine 1. FIG. In this embodiment, in the "non-time saving state", if the normal symbol random number is "0 to 2", it is determined to be "hit", and the normal symbol random number is a numerical value other than "0 to 2 (3 to 255 )”, it is determined as “losing”. Also, in the "time saving state", if the normal symbol random number is "0 to 254", it is determined as "hit", and if the normal symbol random number is "a number other than 0 to 254 (255)" , is determined to be "losing".

In the normal symbol variation pattern determination table T4, the game control microcomputer 81 determines how many seconds the normal symbol variation time is according to the game state (whether it is a non-time saving state or a time saving state) in the main control main process (described later). This table is referenced to In this embodiment, the variation time of normal symbols is determined to be "30 seconds" in the "non-time-saving state", and the variation time of normal symbols is determined to be "1 second" in the "time-saving state".

FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the jackpot type determination table T5. The jackpot type determination table T5 is used by the game control microcomputer 81 to determine the "jackpot type" according to the jackpot type random number value (any of 0 to 127) acquired in the main control main process (described later). It is a referenced table.

In FIG. 8, when winning in the lottery of the first special symbol (special figure 1), if the jackpot type random number is "0 to 82", the jackpot type is determined to be "16RV passage scheduled jackpot", and the jackpot type When the random number is "83 to 127", the jackpot type is determined as "11R (actually 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot". On the other hand, when winning in the lottery of the second special symbol (special figure 2), if the jackpot type random number is "0 to 127", that is, in all cases, the jackpot type is determined to be "16RV passage scheduled jackpot". be done. Incidentally, in the jackpot type determination table T5, the special game "opening (OP) command", "round designation command", and "ending (ED) command" may also be specified.

FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the variation pattern determination table T6 during the non-time saving state. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining the variation pattern determination table T6 during the time saving state. Variation pattern determination table T6 is a table referred to for determining a variation pattern according to the variation pattern random number value (0 to 127) acquired in main control main processing (described later) by the game control microcomputer 81. .

In FIG. 9, for example, the first start port 20 is won in a non-time saving state, it is determined as "losing" in the big hit determination table T1, and it is determined as "with reach" in the reach determination table T2, and the number of retained balls is "1 ~ 2" and the variation pattern random number is "0 to 60", the variation pattern is determined to be "P7". In FIG. 10, for example, the second start port 21 is won in the time saving state, it is determined as "jackpot" in the jackpot determination table T1, and it is determined as "16RV passage scheduled jackpot" in the jackpot type determination table T5, variation pattern random value is "0 to 10", the variation pattern is determined to be "P61". As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, once the variation pattern is determined, the variation time is also determined. In addition, when it becomes reach, it is also determined whether the reach becomes normal reach or super reach (SP reach). Super reach is a reach production with a longer fluctuation time after reach than normal reach. Here, three types of super reach (SP1, SP2, SP3) with different fluctuation times are set. In SP1-3, it is executed progressively through normal reach. The difference between SP1-3 may be, for example, the presence or absence of pseudo-reams.

The electric chew opening pattern determination table T7 is used by the game control microcomputer 81 in the main control main process (described later) in order to determine the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 according to the game state (whether it is a non-time saving state or a time saving state). It is a referenced table. In this embodiment, the opening pattern of the electric tube 22 is determined as "opening pattern 11" in the "non-time saving state", and the opening pattern is determined as "opening pattern 12" in the "time saving state". In the opening pattern 11, the power tube 22 is opened once for 0.2 seconds. In the opening pattern 12, the electric tube 22 is opened three times, with an opening time of 2.0 seconds per time, and an interval (opening interval) of 1.0 second. However, the opening of the electric chew 22 is closed even if the opening time remains when a predetermined number of game balls have won a prize (prescribed number of winning prizes, maximum 10).

The large winning opening pattern determination table T8 is a table that the game control microcomputer 81 refers to in order to determine the opening pattern of the first large winning opening 30 and the second large winning opening 35 in the main control process (described later). is. In the present embodiment, in the case of the "16RV passage scheduled jackpot", it is determined as the "open pattern 21". In the "opening pattern 21", the number of times of opening is 1 in the 1st to 10th and 12th to 16th rounds, and the opening time is 29.5 seconds (long opening). Once, the first big prize winning opening 30 is opened (long opening) with an opening time of 29.5 seconds. On the other hand, in the case of "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot", it is determined as "open pattern 22". In the "opening pattern 22", the number of openings is 1 in the 1st to 10th rounds and the opening time is 29.5 seconds (long opening). .Opening (short opening) of the first big prize winning opening 30 for 1 second. However, the opening of the first big winning hole 30 and the second big winning hole 35 is, if there is a predetermined number of game ball wins (regular winning number, maximum 9), even if the opening time remains Closed.

The V opening/closing member opening pattern determination table T9 is a table referred to by the game control microcomputer 81 in order to determine the opening pattern of the V opening/closing member 71 in the main control process (described later). In the present embodiment, in the case of the "16RV passage scheduled jackpot", it is determined as the "open pattern 31". In the "opening pattern 31", when the first prize is won in the first prize-winning hole 30 in the 11th R, the V opening/closing member 71 is short-opened with an opening time of 0.1 second, and the second prize is won. The V opening/closing member 71 is opened for a long time with an opening time of 31.5 seconds maximum. On the other hand, in the case of "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot", it is determined as "open pattern 32". In the "opening pattern 32", when the first prize is won in the first big prize winning port 30 in the 11th R, the V opening/closing member 71 is short-opened with an opening time of 0.1 second.

5. Explanation of Big Wins, etc. In the gaming machine 1, there are "big wins" and "losses" as a result of a big win lottery (special symbol lottery). In the case of "big win", the special symbol display 41 stops displaying "big win". In the case of "losing", the special symbol display 41 stops and displays "losing". When a jackpot is won, a "jackpot game" is executed to open the jackpots (the first jackpot 30 and the second jackpot 35) in an opening pattern corresponding to the type of jackpot. A jackpot game is an example of a special game. The jackpot game includes multiple round games (unit open games), an opening (OP) before the first round game starts, and an ending (ED) after the final round game ends. there is Each round begins with the end of the opening or the end of the previous round and ends with the beginning of the next round. The closing time (interval time) of the big winning opening between round games is included in the open round game before closing.

There are multiple types of jackpots. There are two types of jackpots, namely, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot" and "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passage scheduled jackpot". The ``16RV passage scheduled jackpot'' operates the opening/closing member 32, the opening/closing member 37 and the V opening/closing member 71 in an opening pattern (V passage scheduled opening pattern) that allows the game ball to pass through the V area 39 during the jackpot game. It's a big hit. The combination of the above-described opening patterns allows the game ball to pass through the V area 39 during the jackpot game. In this embodiment, the open pattern 21 and the open pattern 31 are combined. The "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot" is an opening pattern (V non-passing scheduled opening pattern) in which the game ball cannot pass through the V area 39 during the jackpot game. and a jackpot that activates the V opening/closing member 71 . Due to the combination of the opening patterns described above, it becomes impossible for the game ball to pass through the V area 39 during the jackpot game. In this embodiment, the open pattern 22 and the open pattern 32 are combined. In addition, in the "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing jackpot", the opening time of the 11th round first big winning hole 30 is 0.1 seconds, and the 11th round is a round in which no prize balls are expected. ing.

In this way, in the "16RV passage scheduled jackpot", the passage of the game ball to the V area 39 in the first big winning hole 30 is facilitated, and the game state after the jackpot is a high probability time-saving state (high probability high base state). On the other hand, in the "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot", it is almost impossible for the game ball to pass through the V area 39 in the first big winning hole 30, and the game state after the jackpot is It becomes a low-probability short-time state (low-probability high base state).

In addition, as shown in FIG. 8, the distribution ratio of the jackpot in the lottery of the first special symbol (special figure 1) is 83/128 (about 64.8%) for the V-passing scheduled jackpot and V non-passing scheduled jackpot. 45/128 (about 35.2%). On the other hand, the big hit distribution rate in the lottery of the second special symbol (special figure 2) is 128/128 (100%) for the V passing scheduled big hit. As described above, in the gaming machine 1, the jackpot lottery (lottery of the first special symbol) is performed by winning a game ball in the first start port 20, and the jackpot is performed by winning a game ball in the second start port 21. The lottery (lottery for the second special symbol) is set to be more advantageous for the player.

6. Explanation of Game State The game state of the gaming machine 1 will be explained. The game control microcomputer 81 can execute "probability variation control" and "variation time shortening control" for the special symbols displayed on the special symbol display device 41 and the normal symbols displayed on the normal symbol display device 42, respectively. is. Here, the state in which the game control microcomputer 81 is controlling the probability variation with respect to the special symbols of the special symbol display device 41 is called "high probability state", and the state in which the probability variation is not controlled is simply "normal probability state ( non-high-probability state, low-probability state). The game control microcomputer 81 uses a jackpot determination table (FIG. 7) in which the number of jackpot random numbers determined to be jackpots is larger in the high probability state than in the normal probability state as the probability fluctuation control of the special symbols. A high-probability state is realized by performing Therefore, in the high-probability state, the probability of winning a jackpot is higher than in the normal-probability state. That is, when the game control microcomputer 81 is executing the probability variation control for the special symbols of the special symbol display device 41, compared with the case where the probability variation control is not performed, the special symbol display device 41 The probability that the display result (stopped pattern) of the variable display of the special pattern becomes a jackpot pattern increases.

In addition, the state in which the game control microcomputer 81 performs variable time shortening control on the special symbols of the special symbol display 41 is referred to as a "time saving state", and the state in which the variable time shortening control is not performed is simply a "non-time saving state". It says. In the time saving state, the fluctuation time of the special symbol (the time from the start of the fluctuation display to the time of derivation display of the display result) is shorter than the non-time saving state. The game control microcomputer 81, when in the time saving state, the variation pattern determination table T6 (FIGS. 9 and 10) is determined so that the variation pattern with a short variation time is selected more often than in the non-time saving state. The variation pattern used is determined. That is, when the game control microcomputer 81 is executing the variation time shortening control for the special symbols of the special symbol display 41, the special symbols are variable compared to the case where the variation time shortening control is not performed. A short variation time is likely to be selected as the display variation time. As a result, in the time-saving state, the pace of digestion of the special figure reservation becomes faster, and the effective winning to the starting opening (the winning that can be stored as the special figure reservation) is likely to occur. As a result, it is possible to aim for a big hit under the smooth progress of the game. Incidentally, the game control microcomputer 81 may simultaneously execute the probability fluctuation control and the fluctuation time shortening control for the special symbols on the special symbol display 41, or may execute only one of them.

The game control microcomputer 81 executes probability variation control and variation time shortening control for the normal symbols of the normal symbol display 42 in parallel with variation time shortening control for the special symbols of the special symbol display 41 . That is, the game control microcomputer 81 normally executes the probability fluctuation control and the fluctuation time shortening control for the symbol in the case of the time saving state, and does not execute it in the case of the non-time saving state. The game control microcomputer 81 creates a normal symbol hit determination table T3 in which the number of normal symbol random numbers (hit random numbers) determined to be hit is larger in the time saving state than in the non-time saving state as the normal symbol probability variation control. Using, hit judgment (ordinary design judgment) is performed. Therefore, in the time saving state, the probability of winning is higher than in the normal symbol normal probability state. That is, when the game control microcomputer 81 is performing the probability variation control on the normal symbols of the normal symbol display device 42, compared with the case where the probability variation control is not performed, the normal symbol display device 42 The probability that the display result (stopped pattern) of the variable display of the normal pattern becomes a winning pattern increases. In the time saving state, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is shorter than the non-working time saving state. Here, the variation time of the normal pattern is 30 seconds in the non-time saving state, but is 1 second in the time saving state. Furthermore, in the time-saving state, the opening time of the electric chew 22 in the auxiliary game is longer than in the non-time-saving state. That is, the game control microcomputer 81 is executing opening time extension control for the electric chew 22 . In addition, in the time-saving state, the number of times the electric chew 22 is opened in the auxiliary game is greater than in the non-time-saving state. That is, the game control microcomputer 81 is executing the control for increasing the number of times of opening the electric chew 22 . game control microcomputer 81, the probability variation control and variation time shortening control for the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 42, and the opening time extension control and opening frequency increase control for the electric chew 22, Compared to the case where these controls are not executed, the electric chew 22 is opened more frequently, and the game balls enter the second starting port 21 more frequently. As a result, the base, which is the ratio of the number of balls awarded to the number of balls fired, increases. Therefore, the state in which these controls are executed is called the "high base state", and the state in which they are not executed is called the "low base state". In the high base state, you can aim for a big hit without greatly reducing the number of game balls you have. Note that the high base state is a state in which so-called electric support control (control for supporting winning to the second starting port 21 by the electric chew 22) is being executed. The high base state (electric sapo control state) does not have to execute all of the above controls. That is, the probability variation control for the normal pattern of the normal symbol display device 42, the variation time shortening control for the normal symbol of the normal symbol display device 42, the opening time extension control for the electric chew 22, and the opening frequency increase control for the electric chew 22 By executing one or more controls, it is sufficient that the electric chew 22 is more likely to be opened than when the controls are not executed. Further, the high base state (electrical support control state) may be independently controlled without accompanying the time saving state.

In the game machine 1, the game state after the jackpot game by winning the V passage scheduled jackpot is a high-probability state, a short-time state and a high-base state if the passage to the V area 39 is made during the jackpot game. . This game state is particularly referred to as a "high probability high base state" or a "high probability short working time state". The high-probability-high base state ends when the variable display of the special symbols is executed a predetermined number of times (here, 120 times), or when a big win is won and the big win game is executed. In addition, the game state after the jackpot game by winning the V non-passing scheduled jackpot is normal probability state (non-high probability state (i.e., low-probability state) and time-saving state and high-base state. This game state is particularly referred to as "low probability high base state" and "low probability time saving state". The low-probability-high base state ends when the variable display of the special symbols is executed a predetermined number of times (here, 100 times), or when a big win is won and the big win game is executed. When the game machine 1 is played for the first time, the game state after power-on is a normal probability state, a non-time-saving state, and a low-base state (non-electric support control state). This game state is particularly referred to as a "low probability low base state". The low-probability low base state may be referred to as "normal game state" or "low-probability non-time-saving state (simply referred to as non-time-saving state)". Also, the state during execution of the special game (jackpot game) is referred to as "special game state (jackpot game state)". Furthermore, the state controlled to at least one of the high probability state and the high base state is referred to as a "specific game state".

In high-base states such as high-probability-high base state and low-probability-high base state, it is possible to advance the game more advantageously by entering the game ball into the right game area 3B (FIG. 1) by hitting to the right. Due to the electric sapo control, it is easier to open the electric tube 22 than in the low base state, and it is easier to win the second start opening 21 than the first start opening 20. be. From this, in the high base state, while passing the game ball to the gate 28 which triggers the normal symbol lottery, the game ball is struck to the right to win the game ball to the second start port 21.例文帳に追加As a result, it is possible to obtain a larger number of starting prizes (winning at the starting opening) than when hitting left. In addition, in the gaming machine 1, the game is played by hitting to the right even during the jackpot game. On the other hand, in the low base state, it is possible to advance the game more advantageously by entering the game ball into the left game area 3A (FIG. 1) by hitting to the left. Since the electric sapo control is not executed, it is difficult to open the electric chew 22 compared to the high base state, and it is easier to win the first start opening 20 than the second start opening 21. This is because For this reason, in the low base state, left-handed hitting is performed in order to win the game ball to the first start hole 20. - 特許庁This allows you to get more starting prizes than hitting right.

7. Operation of Game Control Microcomputer 81 The operation of the game control microcomputer 81 provided on the main control board 80 (FIG. 3) will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 15. FIG. Counters, flags, statuses, buffers, etc. appearing in the description of the operation of the game control microcomputer 81 are provided in the main RAM 84 .

[Main control main processing]
FIG. 11 is a flowchart of main control main processing. When the game machine 1 is powered on, the game control microcomputer 81 reads a program for executing main control main processing from the main ROM 83 . In the main control main process, the game control microcomputer 81 first performs an initialization process (step S001). In the initialization process, for example, settings of the main CPU 82, resetting of various flags, statuses, counters, and the like are performed. The initial value of the flag is "0" or "OFF", the initial value of the status is "1", and the initial value of the counter is "0". Note that the initialization process is executed only once after the power is turned on, and is not executed thereafter.

After the initialization process, the game control microcomputer 81 prohibits the interruption of the interruption process (step S002), and performs normal design/special design main random number update process (step S003). In this normal symbol/special symbol main random number update process, the game control microcomputer 81 sets various random number counter values (jackpot random number, jackpot type random number, reach random number, fluctuation pattern random number, normal symbol random number) to 1. Add and update. When each random number counter value reaches the set upper limit value, it returns to "0" and is added again. The initial value of each random number counter may be a value other than "0", or may be changed randomly. Also, each random number may be a so-called hardware random number generated using a known random number generation circuit such as a counter IC.

After the normal symbol/special symbol main random number update process, the game control microcomputer 81 permits the interruption of the interruption process (step S004). While interrupts are enabled, it is possible to execute main-side timer interrupt processing (step S005). The main-side timer interrupt processing is executed based on interrupt pulses that are repeatedly input to the main CPU 82 at a predetermined cycle (for example, a 4 msec cycle). That is, the main-side timer interrupt processing is executed at predetermined intervals (for example, 4 msec intervals). Then, after the main side timer interrupt processing is finished, until the next main side timer interrupt processing is started, the update processing of various counter values by the normal symbol/special symbol main random number update processing is repeatedly executed. . If an interrupt pulse is input to the main CPU 82 while interrupts are disabled, the main-side timer interrupt processing is not started immediately, but is started after interrupts are enabled.

[Main-side timer interrupt processing]
FIG. 12 is a flow chart of main-side timer interrupt processing (FIG. 11: step S005). In the main timer interrupt process, the game control microcomputer 81 first performs random number update process (step S101). Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 updates various random number counter values. This random number update process is the same as the normal symbol/special symbol main random number update process performed in the main control main process (FIG. 11) described above. That is, the processing for updating the various random number counter values consists of the execution period of the main-side timer interrupt processing and the other period (the period from the end of the main-side timer interrupt processing to the start of the next main-side timer interrupt processing). and both.

After the random number update process, the game control microcomputer 81 performs an input process (step S102). In the input process, the game control microcomputer 81 reads detection signals detected by various sensors attached to the gaming machine 1, and outputs payout data for paying out prize balls according to the type of winning hole to the main RAM 84. set in the buffer. The various sensors are, for example, a first starting opening sensor 20a, a second starting opening sensor 21a, a first large winning opening sensor 30a, a second large winning opening sensor 35a, and a normal winning opening sensor 27a (FIG. 3).

After the input process, the game control microcomputer 81 performs a starting opening sensor detection process (step S103). In the starting opening sensor detection process, the game control microcomputer 81 determines the passage of the game ball through the gate 28, acquires the value of the normal symbol random number counter, stores the acquired random number in the normal symbol reservation storage area 84f of the main RAM 84. Among the first to fourth storage areas, it is stored in a storage area corresponding to the current number of normal symbol reserved balls. In addition, the game control microcomputer 81 determines the winning of the game ball to the first start port 20, the value of the jackpot random number counter, the value of the jackpot type random number counter, the value of the reach random number counter, and the value of the fluctuation pattern random number counter. get. The game control microcomputer 81 stores the obtained random value group in a storage area corresponding to the current special figure 1 reserved ball number among the first to fourth storage areas of the first special figure reserved storage area. Furthermore, the game control microcomputer 81 determines the winning of the game ball to the second start port 21, the value of the jackpot random number counter, the value of the jackpot type random number counter, the value of the reach random number counter, and the value of the variation pattern random number counter. to get The game control microcomputer 81 stores the acquired random value group in a storage area corresponding to the current special figure 2 reservation ball number among the first to fourth storage areas of the second special figure reservation storage area.

The game control microcomputer 81 performs a jackpot prior determination in the starting opening sensor detection process. Based on the above-described random number group, it is determined in advance whether or not it is a jackpot, and if it is a jackpot, the type of jackpot and the variation pattern. Then, a pre-determination command is created from the pre-determination result and set in the command set area 84 a of the main RAM 84 .

Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs normal operation processing (step S104). In normal operation processing, the game control microcomputer 81 controls the operation of the electric chew 22 . Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the number of reserved balls of the normal symbol is "0", and when the number of reserved balls is 1 or more, the normal symbol hit determination table T3 is referred to. hit judgment. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 selects a variation pattern with reference to the normal symbol variation pattern determination table T4. The game control microcomputer 81 sets the selected normal symbol variation pattern to start the normal symbol variation display. After that, the variable display is stopped, and in the case of "hit", the electric chew opening pattern determination table T7 is referred to set the electric chew opening pattern, and the electric chew 22 is operated.

Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs special operation processing (step S105). This special action process will be described later.
Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs V area sensor detection processing (step S106). In the V area sensor detection process, the game control microcomputer 81 first determines whether or not the game ball has been detected by the V area sensor 39a, and if there is detection, determines whether or not it is during the V valid period. is performed, and if it is during the V effective period, the V flag is turned ON and the V passage command is set.

Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs a reserved ball number process (step S107). The game control microcomputer 81 first reads out the number of special figure 1 reserved balls, the number of special figure 2 reserved balls, and the number of normal symbol reserved balls stored in the main RAM 84 . Next, the game control microcomputer 81 sets a reserved ball number command in the command set area (output buffer) 84 a of the main RAM 84 . The number of reserved balls command is a command for notifying the number of reserved balls to the sub-control board 90, and includes information on the number of special figure 1 reserved balls, the number of special figure 2 reserved balls, and the number of normal symbol reserved balls. .

After the reserved ball number processing, the game control microcomputer 81 performs output processing (step S108). In the output process, the game control microcomputer 81 outputs to the sub-control board 90 the commands set in the command set area 84a of the main RAM 84 in each process described above. After the output process, the game control microcomputer 81 performs other processes (step S109). In other processing, for example, based on the number of special-figure 2 reserved balls to be described later, the second special-figure reservation display 43b is controlled to a display mode indicating the number, and the first special-figure based on the number of special-figure 1 reserved balls The pending indicator 43a is controlled to display the number.

[Special action processing]
FIG. 13 is a flowchart of special operation processing (FIG. 12: step S105). Here, the processing relating to the special symbol display device 41 and the big winning device (the first big winning device 31 and the second big winning device 36) is divided into four stages, each of which has a "special action status" of "1", Call them "2", "3", and "4". When the "special action status" is "1" (step S1301: YES), the game control microcomputer 81 performs a special symbol standby process (step S1302). In the special symbol standby process, big hit determination, variation pattern selection, and the like are executed. When the "special action status" is "2" (step S1301: NO, step S1303: YES), special symbol fluctuation processing is performed (step S1304). In the special symbol fluctuation process, the output of the fluctuation stop command and the like are executed after the fluctuation time has elapsed. Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 first determines whether or not the fluctuation time of the special symbols has passed and ends. Set the status to "3". When the "special action status" is "3" (steps S1301, S1303: NO, step S1305: YES), special symbol confirmation processing is performed (step S1306). In the special symbol confirmation process, the output of the opening command and the like are executed at the time of the big hit. Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 first executes a game state management process. The game state management process is a process for managing the number of times of ST and the number of times of time saving. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the special action status to "1" when the jackpot flag is OFF. On the other hand, when the jackpot flag is ON, the opening pattern of the jackpot and V opening/closing member is set according to the type of jackpot won. After setting the release pattern, the game control microcomputer 81 performs game state reset processing. The game state reset process is a process for resetting the probability variation flag and the time saving flag. After the game state reset process, a jackpot opening command is set to start the jackpot game. Then set the special action status to "4". When the "special action status" is "4" (steps S1301, S1303, S1305: NO), special electric accessory processing is performed (step S1308). In the special electric accessary product process, a jackpot game is executed. Specifically, the opening of the first big prize opening 30 and the second big prize winning opening 35 is controlled according to the opening pattern based on the round counter, and a round designation command and an ending command are set. In addition, the V opening/closing member 39 is controlled in parallel with the opening of the first big winning hole 30 . Furthermore, at the end of the jackpot, a time-saving counter and a variable probability counter are set.

[Special symbol standby process]
FIG. 14 is a flowchart of the special symbol standby process (FIG. 13: step S1302). In the special symbol standby process, the game control microcomputer 81 first determines whether or not the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is "0" (step S1401). If the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is "0" (step S1401: YES), that is, the random value group acquired due to the winning of the second start port 21 is stored in the second special figure reservation storage area If not, the process moves to step S1407. When the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is "1" or more (step S1401: NO), the game control microcomputer 81 executes a big hit determination process (step S1402). The details of the big hit determination process will be described later. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 executes variation pattern selection processing (step S1403). In the variation pattern selection process, with reference to the variation pattern determination table T6 (FIGS. 9 and 10), the game state of the gaming machine 1 (whether it is a time saving state or a non-time saving state), the judgment result of the jackpot judgment processing (step S1402), pending Select a variation pattern based on the number of balls. After the variation pattern selection process, to decrement the number of special figure 2 pending balls (step S1404). Next, the game control microcomputer 81 moves the storage location of the pending information (various random numbers) stored in the first to fourth storage areas of the second special figure pending storage area to the side where it is read from the current position. While shifting one, clear the pending information stored in the farthest place from the read side in the second special figure pending storage area (step S1405). For example, when pending information is stored in the first to third storage areas, the pending information stored in the third storage area is cleared, and pending information is stored in the first to fourth storage areas. If so, clear the pending information stored in the fourth storage area. By the above steps, the second special figure reservation is digested in the order in which it was reserved. In this case, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the reserved image 9B (of the four reserved images 9B, the leftmost reserved image 9B) corresponding to the first storage area of the second special figure reserved storage area is reserved. It shifts to the digested image display area side and is displayed as a pending digested image 9C. In addition, the reserved images 9B corresponding to the second to fourth storage areas of the second special figure reserved storage area (of the four reserved images 9B, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th reserved images 9B from the left) are each 1 on the left side (Fig. 1). Thereby, the player can recognize that one second special figure reservation has been consumed. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs special figure 2 fluctuation start processing (step S1406). In the special figure 2 fluctuation start process, the fluctuation start command is set in the command set area 84a of the main RAM 84, the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is started, and the fluctuation time timer is set. The variable time timer is set with a variable time determined according to the variable pattern selected in the variable pattern selection process. In addition, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the special action status to "2". In addition, the variation start command (special figure 2 variation start command) set in the special figure 2 variation start process includes information on the special figure stop pattern data set in the big hit determination process (step S1402) and variation pattern selection process ( It contains information on the variation pattern set in step S1403) (including information on variation time).

In step S1401, when the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is "0" (step S1401: YES), the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is "0" ( step S1407). If the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is "0" (step S1407: YES), that is, the random value group acquired due to the winning of the first start port 20 is stored in the first special figure reserved storage area If not, the process moves to step S1413. When the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is "1" or more (step S1407: NO), the game control microcomputer 81 executes a jackpot determination process (step S1408). The details of the big hit determination process will be described later. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 executes variation pattern selection processing (step S1409). In the variation pattern selection process, with reference to the variation pattern determination table T6 (FIGS. 9 and 10), the game state of the gaming machine 1 (whether it is a time saving state or a non-time saving state), the judgment result of the jackpot judgment processing (step S1408), pending Select a variation pattern based on the number of balls. After the variation pattern selection process, the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is decremented (step S1410). Next, the game control microcomputer 81 shifts the storage location of various random numbers stored in the first to fourth storage areas of the first special figure reservation storage area to the side where it is read from the current position by one. , Clear the pending information stored in the farthest place from the read side in the first special figure pending storage area (step S1411). By the above steps, the first special figure reservation is digested in the order it was reserved. In this case, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the reserved image 9A (of the four reserved images 9A, the rightmost reserved image 9A) corresponding to the first storage area of the first special figure reserved storage area is reserved. It shifts to the digested image display area side and is displayed as a pending digested image 9C. In addition, reserved images 9A corresponding to the second to fourth storage areas of the first special figure reserved storage area (out of the four reserved images 9A, the second, third, and fourth reserved images 9A from the right) are each 1 on the right side (Fig. 1). Thereby, the player can recognize that one first special figure reservation has been consumed. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 performs special figure 1 fluctuation start processing (step S1412). In the special figure 1 fluctuation start process, the fluctuation start command is set in the command set area 84a of the main RAM 84, the fluctuation display of the first special symbol is started, and the fluctuation time timer is set. The variable time timer is set with a variable time determined according to the variable pattern selected in the variable pattern selection process. In addition, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the special action status to "2" (step S1412). In addition, the variation start command (special figure 1 variation start command) set in the special figure 1 variation start process includes information on the special figure stop pattern data set in the big hit determination process (step S1408) and variation pattern selection process ( It contains information on the variation pattern (including information on variation time) set in step S1409).

In step S1407, when the number of special-figure 1 reserved balls is "0" (step S1407: YES), the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 is a standby screen (step S1413). The standby screen is a demo screen for waiting for customers. The game control microcomputer 81 may determine, for example, by ON/OFF of a demonstration screen display flag for customer waiting. If the standby screen is displayed (step S1413: YES), the process ends. If it is not the standby screen (step S1413: NO), the game control microcomputer 81 waits for the lapse of a predetermined standby time, and sets a customer waiting standby command for displaying the standby screen in the command set area 84a of the main RAM 84. (Step S1414), this processing ends. As described above, according to the special symbol waiting process of the present embodiment, the variable display of the special symbol based on the first special symbol reservation is executed only when the second special symbol reservation is "0". That is, digestion of the second special figure reservation is executed with priority over digestion of the first special figure reservation. Also, according to the jackpot type determination table T5 (FIG. 8) of the present embodiment, the lottery based on the second special figure reservation is a jackpot (V It is designed to be elected to the planned passing jackpot).

[Jackpot determination process]
FIG. 15 is a flowchart of the big hit determination process (FIG. 14: steps S1402 and S1408). Special Figure 2 big hit determination process (step S1402) and special figure 1 big hit determination process (step S1408) are similar in process flow, so they will be described collectively. In the jackpot determination process, first, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the probability variation flag is ON (step S1501). If the probability variation flag is ON (step S1501: YES), refer to the table for high probability state of the jackpot determination table T1 (FIG. 7), and based on the setting information stored in the setting information storage area 84g, jackpot determination (step S1502). Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 first reads out a big hit random number value as a determination value. For example, in the special figure 2 jackpot determination process, the jackpot random value stored in the first storage area of the second special figure reservation storage area (corresponding to the first second special figure reservation) is read. In the special figure 1 jackpot determination process, the jackpot random value stored in the first storage area of the first special figure reservation storage area (corresponding to the first one of the first special figure reservation) is read. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not it is a big hit by using the big hit determination table T1 and the big hit random number value to refer to. Here, since it is in a high probability state (probability variation flag is ON), it is determined whether or not it is a big hit based on the setting information (settings 1 to 6) by referring to the table for the high probability state among the big hit determination tables T1. do. For example, when the setting information is "setting 1", it is determined as a big win when the big win random number is between "0" and "936", and is determined as a loss when it is any other value.

In step S1501, if the variable probability flag is OFF (step S1501: NO), the game control microcomputer 81 refers to the normal probability state table of the big hit determination table T1 (FIG. 7) to make the big hit determination ( step S1504). Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 first reads out the jackpot random number value by the same method as in step S1502. Next, here, since the normal probability state (probability variation flag is OFF), the table for the normal probability state is referred to among the big hit determination tables T1, and whether it is a big hit or not based on the setting information (settings 1 to 6) determine whether For example, when the setting information is "setting 1", it is determined that the jackpot random number is between "0" and "409" and that it is a big hit, and if it is any other value, it is determined to be a loss.

If the result of the jackpot determination is "jackpot" (steps S1503, S1505: YES), the game control microcomputer 81 turns on the jackpot flag (step S1506) and determines the jackpot type (step S1507). Specifically, the game control microcomputer 81 first reads out the jackpot type random number value as the determination value. For example, in the special figure 2 jackpot determination process, the jackpot type random value stored in the first storage area of the second special figure reservation storage area is read. In the special figure 1 jackpot determination process, the jackpot type random value stored in the first storage area of the first special figure reservation storage area is read. Next, the game control microcomputer 81 determines the jackpot type based on the read jackpot type random number value and the jackpot type determination table T5 (FIG. 8). After judging the jackpot type, information corresponding to the specified special figure stop symbol data is set in the jackpot type buffer provided in the main RAM 84, and this processing is finished. On the other hand, in step S1503 or step S1505, if the result of the big hit determination is "losing", information corresponding to the special figure stop pattern data corresponding to the losing is set in the big hit type buffer provided in the main RAM 84, and this processing is performed. finish.

8. Operation of Production Control Microcomputer 91 The operation of the production control microcomputer 91 provided on the sub-control board 90 (FIG. 4) will be described with reference to FIGS. Counters, flags, statuses, buffers, etc. appearing in the operation explanation of the effect control microcomputer 91 are provided in the sub-RAM 94 .

[Sub-control main processing]
FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing sub-control main processing. When the gaming machine 1 is powered on, the effect control microcomputer 91 reads out a program for executing a sub-control main process from the sub-ROM 93 . In the sub-control main process, the effect control microcomputer 91 first performs an initialization process (step S4000). In the initialization process, for example, settings of the sub CPU 92, resetting of various flags, statuses, counters, and the like are performed. The initial value of the flag is "0" or "OFF", the initial value of the status is "1", and the initial value of the counter is "0". Note that the initialization process is executed only once after the power is turned on, and is not executed thereafter.

After the initialization processing, the effect control microcomputer 91 prohibits interrupt processing (step S4001), and performs random number update processing (step S4002). In this random number update process, the effect control microcomputer 91 adds 1 to the random number counter value shown in FIG. 6(B) and updates it. When each random number counter value reaches the set upper limit value, it returns to "0" and is added again. The initial value of each random number counter may be a value other than "0", or may be changed randomly. Moreover, the random number may be added by 2 or more instead of adding 1 each time. Each random number may be a so-called hardware random number.

After the random number update process, the effect control microcomputer 91 permits the interruption of the interruption process (step S4003). While interrupts are enabled, sub-side timer interrupt processing (step S4004) can be executed. The sub-side timer interrupt processing is executed based on interrupt pulses that are repeatedly input to the sub CPU 92 at predetermined intervals. That is, the sub-side timer interrupt processing is executed at predetermined intervals. After the sub-side timer interrupt processing ends, the random number update processing is repeatedly executed until the next sub-side timer interrupt processing is started.

[Sub-side timer interrupt processing]
FIG. 17 is a flowchart of sub-side timer interrupt processing (FIG. 16: step S4004). The effect control microcomputer 91 first performs received command analysis processing (step S4100). Details of the received command analysis processing will be described later. After the received command analysis process, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs the process during the variation effect (step S4110). The processing during the variable effect is a process for setting a pre-variation end command at a specific timing during the variable effect to cause the display screen 7a to execute a specific display effect. After the processing during the variation production, the production control microcomputer 91 performs switch processing (step S4120). In the switch process, the effect control microcomputer 91 sets the display contents of the display screen 7a based on the switch data (edge data and level data) output from the effect button 63, and the like. After the switch process, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs command transmission process (step S4130). In the command transmission process, the effect control microcomputer 91 transmits various commands set in the effect command set area 94b (output buffer) of the sub-RAM 94 in the received command analysis process, etc. , to the relay board 108 . The image control board 100 that has received various commands uses the image display device 7 to execute a display effect according to the received command. In addition, the audio control board 106 that has received various commands executes an audio effect of outputting audio from the speaker 67 in accordance with the received commands. Upon receiving various commands, the lamp control board 107 executes a lamp effect that controls light emission of the board lamp 5 and the frame lamp 66 according to the received command. After the command transmission process, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs other processes (step S4140), and ends this process. In other processing, random number update processing and the like are performed.

[Receive command analysis processing]
FIG. 18 is a flow chart of the received command analysis process (FIG. 17: step S4100). The effect control microcomputer 91 first determines whether or not a pre-determination command has been received from the main control board 80 (step S4180). If it has been received (step S4180: YES), prefetch effect determination processing is performed (step S4190). "Prefetching effect determination processing" is a process of determining whether or not to execute a prefetching effect, and determining a prefetching effect pattern in the case of execution. Specifically, the effect control microcomputer 91 acquires the counter value of the prefetch effect random number, and performs the prefetch effect by referring to the acquired random value and the prefetch effect pattern determination table T51 stored in the sub ROM 93. It determines whether or not, and the look-ahead effect pattern in the case of performing the look-ahead effect. On the other hand, if not received (step S4180: NO), the above-described look-ahead effect determination process is skipped. The look-ahead effect is a effect suggesting that there is a high possibility that the reservation information newly stored in the special figure reservation storage area 85 contains a big hit, and is executed during the variable effect.

Next, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not a command for the number of pending balls is received from the main control board 80 (step S4200). If received (step S4200: YES), hold display processing is performed (step S4210). In the pending display process, based on the information on the special figure 1 reserved ball number, the special figure 2 reserved ball number, and the normal symbol reserved ball number included in the reserved ball number command, the counter set area 94c of the sub RAM 94 is provided. The values of the first special figure reservation effect counter, the second special figure reservation effect counter, and the normal figure reservation effect counter are updated. As a result, not only the main control board 80 side but also the sub-control board 90 side can hold the information of each reserved ball number. In addition, the effect control microcomputer 91 is based on the values of the first special figure pending effect counter, the second special figure pending effect counter, and the general figure pending effect counter, the pending image 9A displayed on the display screen 7a, Update 9B. On the other hand, if the command for the number of pending balls has not been received (step S4100: NO), the above-described pending display processing is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not a variation start command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4230). When receiving (step S4230: YES), change production start processing is performed (step S4240). "Variation production start processing" is a process of selecting a variation production pattern (contents) to be executed during special symbol fluctuation. The details of the fluctuation effect start processing will be described later. On the other hand, when it has not received (step S4230: NO), it skips the above-mentioned fluctuation production|presentation start processing.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not the fluctuation stop command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4250). If it is received (step S4250: YES), change effect end processing is performed (step S4260). "Variation effect end processing" is a process for stopping the variation effect that is executed during the special symbol variation. In the fluctuation production end processing, the production control microcomputer 91 sets a counter and the like based on the analysis result of the fluctuation stop command, and sets a fluctuation production end command for ending the fluctuation production. As a result, the effect symbol corresponding to the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 during fluctuation is stopped and displayed. In addition, when the fluctuation stop command is not received (step S4250: NO), the above-mentioned fluctuation production end processing is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not an opening command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4270). If received (step S4270: YES), an opening effect pattern determination process is performed (step S4280). The "opening effect pattern determination process" is a process of selecting an opening effect pattern (contents) to be executed at the start of a special game (jackpot game). In the opening performance pattern determination processing, the performance control microcomputer 91 first analyzes the opening command and sets the information on the special figure stop pattern data set at the time of judging the winning of the jackpot included in the opening command in a sub RAM 94.例文帳に追加Then, the effect pattern of the opening effect set in advance corresponding to the winning type indicated by the special figure stop symbol data is selected, and the opening effect start command for starting the selected opening effect is sent to the effect command set area of the sub RAM 94. Set to 94b. When the opening effect start command set in the effect command set area 94b is transmitted to the image control board 100 in the command transmission process ( FIG. 17 : step S4130), the CPU 102 of the image control board 100 stores a predetermined opening effect image in the ROM 103. , and displayed on the display screen 7 a of the image display device 7 . In addition, in step S4270, when the opening command is not received (step S4270: NO), the above-mentioned opening effect pattern determination processing is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not a round designation command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4290). If received (step S4290: YES), round effect pattern determination processing is performed (step S4300). "Round effect pattern determination process" is a process of selecting an open game effect pattern (contents) to be executed during the opening of the big winning opening or during the interval between openings in a special game (jackpot game). In the round effect pattern determination process, the effect control microcomputer 91 first analyzes the round designation command, and sets information on the special figure stop pattern data and information on the number of rounds contained in the round designation command in the sub-RAM 94. do. Then, the effect pattern of the round effect preset corresponding to the special figure stop symbol and the number of rounds is selected, and a round effect start command for starting the selected round effect is stored in the effect command set area 94b of the sub-RAM 94. set. When the round effect start command set in the effect command set area 94b is transmitted to the image control board 100, the CPU 102 reads a predetermined round effect image from the ROM 103 and displays it on the display screen 7a. In addition, in step S4290, when the round designation|designated command is not received (step S4290: NO), the above-mentioned round production|presentation pattern determination process is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not an ending command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4310). If received (step S4310: YES), ending effect pattern determination processing is performed (step S4320). "Ending effect pattern determination process" is a process of selecting an ending effect pattern (contents) to be executed during the ending of a special game (big hit game or small hit game). In the ending effect pattern determination process, the effect control microcomputer 91 first analyzes the ending command, and sets information on the special figure stop symbol data included in the ending command in the sub-RAM94. Then, an ending effect pattern corresponding to the special figure stop symbol data is selected, and an ending effect start command for starting the selected ending effect is set in the output buffer of the sub RAM94. When the ending effect start command set in the effect command set area 94b is transmitted to the image control board 100, the CPU 102 reads a predetermined ending effect image from the ROM 103 and displays it on the display screen 7a. If the ending command has not been received (step S4310: NO), the above ending effect pattern determination process is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 determines whether or not a customer waiting standby command is received from the main control board 80 (step S4330). If received (step S4330: YES), a customer waiting effect pattern determination process is performed (step S4340). The "customer waiting effect pattern determination process" is a process of selecting an effect pattern (contents) of a standby screen to be displayed after a predetermined waiting time has elapsed after the gaming machine 1 has stopped operating. In the customer waiting effect pattern determination process, the effect control microcomputer 91 first analyzes the customer waiting standby command and sets information contained in the customer waiting standby command in the sub-RAM 94 . Then, an effect pattern of the standby screen is selected, and a customer waiting standby command for starting the selected effect is set in the output buffer of the sub RAM 94.例文帳に追加When the customer waiting standby command set in the effect command set area 94b is transmitted to the image control board 100, the CPU 102 reads out a predetermined effect image from the ROM 103 and displays it on the display screen 7a. In addition, when the customer waiting standby command is not received (step S4330: NO), the above-described customer waiting effect pattern determination processing is skipped.

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs other processing (step S4350). In other processing, for example, when the performance control microcomputer 91 receives the game state designation command, the game state information included in the game state designation command (whether it is a high probability state, whether it is a time saving state, counter, time-saving counter value, etc.) are held in the sub-RAM 94. Moreover, the microcomputer 91 for production|presentation control makes sub RAM94 hold|maintain the information which V passed, when V passage command is received. In addition, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs processing based on commands other than the above (customer waiting standby command, RAM clear notification command, etc.), and ends this processing.

[Variation production start processing]
FIG. 19 is a flow chart of the variable effect start process (FIG. 18: step S4240). The effect control microcomputer 91 first analyzes the variation start command (step S4400). Here, the effect control microcomputer 91 sets the information on the special figure stop design data included in the variation start command and the information on the variation pattern to the sub-RAM 94 . The set information includes game state information indicating the current game state, pattern information indicating a pattern as a determination result of the hit determination process of special figure 1 or special figure 2, and the like. The game state information and the pattern information acquired here can be appropriately referred to by the effect control microcomputer 91 .

Subsequently, the production control microcomputer 91 performs basic production pattern determination processing (step S4410). The basic production pattern determination process includes the basic configuration of the variable production (for example, the display of the background image on the image display device 7 and its switching, the display of a predetermined character and its operation, the output of the melody and sound effect using the speaker 67). , lighting control of lamps, etc.). The variable production is completed by superimposing an additional production such as a chance-up production on this basic production.

The effect control microcomputer 91 refers to a basic effect pattern determination table T52 stored in the sub ROM 93 to determine a basic effect pattern. In addition, when it is decided to execute the look-ahead effect, the look-ahead effect pattern is stored in the sub-RAM 94 . Therefore, when the look-ahead effect pattern is stored in the sub-RAM 94, the basic effect pattern corresponding to the variation pattern is switched to the basic effect pattern (look-ahead).

After determining the basic effect pattern, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs chance-up effect pattern determination processing (step S4420). The chance-up effect pattern determination process is a process for determining an additional effect to be superimposed on the variable effect. The performance control microcomputer 91 acquires the counter value of the chance-up random number, refers to the acquired random number and the chance-up performance pattern determination table T53 stored in the sub ROM 93, and determines the chance-up performance pattern. . After determining the chance-up production pattern, the production control microcomputer 91 further refers to the random number value and the stop pattern pattern determination table T54 to determine the combination of the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R to be stopped and displayed. good.

After determining the chance-up effect pattern, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs setting suggestion effect pattern determination processing (step S4430). The setting suggestion effect pattern determination process is a process of determining an effect pattern suggesting the setting information stored in the setting information storage area 84g. The setting information set in the setting information storage area 84g of the main RAM 84 is transmitted to the sub-control board 90 in the initialization process of the main control main process (FIG. 11: step S001), and the initialization process of the sub-control main process (FIG. 16). : When step S4000) is executed, the setting information storage area 94d of the sub-RAM 94 is stored by the effect control microcomputer 91. A performance control microcomputer 91 acquires the value of a setting suggesting performance counter, refers to the acquired random number value and a setting suggesting performance pattern determination table T55 stored in a sub ROM 93, and determines a setting suggesting performance pattern.

The effect control microcomputer 91 sets the variable effect start command in the effect command set area 94b (output buffer) of the sub RAM 94 so that the variable effect based on the variable effect pattern determined in steps S4400 to S4430 is realized ( step S4440). When the variable effect start command set in the effect command set area 94b of the sub RAM 94 is transmitted to the image control board 100 in the command transmission process (FIG. 17: step S4130), the CPU 102 of the image control board 100 displays the variable effect image. It is read out from the ROM 103 and displayed on the display screen 7 a of the image display device 7 .

Subsequently, the effect control microcomputer 91 sets a variable effect timer (step S4450), and terminates this process. A variable time corresponding to the variable pattern variable pattern included in the variable start command is set in the variable effect timer.

9. Regarding the First Movable Accessory The first movable accessory 14 in this embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 20 to 23. FIG.
In FIG. 20, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is changed. A change mode means a mode in which the emission color or the like changes. Specifically, it refers to a mode in which the parameters of hue, saturation, and lightness are changed. It can be said that the mode of change is to liven up the game along with the effects on the display screen 7a by changing the color and brightness.

In FIG. 21, the first movable accessory 14 is in the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in the off mode. The extinguished mode refers to a mode in which the light emitting section 14a does not emit light. Specifically, it refers to a state in which power is not supplied to the light emitting unit 14a. When the performance symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are fixed and stopped in the mode of losing, this lighting mode is set.
In FIG. 22, the first movable accessory 14 is at the advanced position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is the lighting mode. The first movable accessory 14 can move parallel to the display screen 7a from the retracted position as indicated by the arrow YG. Then, it can be stopped at the advanced position in the center of the display screen 7a. Further, the lighting mode refers to a mode in which the light-emitting unit 14a emits light, but the parameters of hue, saturation, and brightness do not change. As a result, the first movable accessory 14 is used in place of the middle effect symbol 8C at the advanced position, and can form a stop symbol array together with the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R.
In FIG. 23, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is the lighting mode. The lighting mode refers to a mode in which the light-emitting unit 14a emits light, but the parameters of hue, saturation, and brightness do not change.

10. Effect Examples of Present Embodiment Below, each effect example (display effect example) of the present embodiment will be described. The effect to be described from now on is based on various information (jackpot determination information, jackpot type information, variation pattern information, etc.) transmitted from the game control microcomputer 81, as described above. 101). It should be noted that the following display effect example is executed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. FIG.

Movable accessory effects A to F will be described below with reference to FIGS. 24 to 29. FIG.
This movable role object production can be executed during the variable production of production patterns. That is, the image control microcomputer 101 analyzes the command for starting the variable effect received from the sub-control board 90, and if the instruction to execute the movable character object effect is included, the corresponding image data and driving data are read out from the ROM 103. This is an effect in which an image is displayed on the display screen 7a.

[Movable character production A]
FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory presentation A. FIG. The movable accessory performance A is a performance corresponding to the basic performance patterns SP1 and SP2 of the 16RV passage scheduled jackpot. In terms of variation patterns, it corresponds to P1, P2, P21, P22, P41, P42, P61, and P62 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production A, as shown in FIG. 24(A), a variable start production is executed. In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 24(B), a ready-to-win effect is executed. The reach forming effect is a effect in which the effect patterns 8L, 8C and 8R form a reach mode. The ready-to-win formation production is a production in which the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped with the same number. Here, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are both temporarily stopped at "7".

Next, as shown in FIG. 24(C), a reach development effect is executed. The reach development effect is a effect for notifying the development from the normal reach to the SP reach. Here, an ally character CRA appears on the left side of the display screen 7a, and a message image MSG of "development" is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 24(D), a battle effect is executed. The battle presentation is a presentation in which the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB fight. If the ally character CRA wins in this battle presentation, it will be a big win.
Next, as shown in FIG. 24(E), a victory effect is executed. In the victory effect, the teammate character CRA is displayed, and the message image MSG of "Victory" is displayed on the display screen 7a.

Next, as shown in FIG. 24(F), a character pattern matching effect is executed. The character object symbol matching effect is an effect in which the first movable character object 14 forms a stop symbol arrangement together with the left and right effect symbols 8L and 8R on the display screen 7a. At this time, the light emitting mode of the light emitting part 14a is the lighting mode, and the first movable accessory 14 functions not only as a simple accessory, but as a pattern used in place of the medium effect pattern 8C. By executing this character pattern matching effect, it can be understood that it is the maximum round "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot".

Next, as shown in FIG. 24(G), a fixed stop effect (jackpot) is executed. The fixed stop production (big win) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C and 8R are fixed and stopped in the jackpot pattern arrangement. Here, the production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are all "7". At this time, the first movable accessory 14 moves to the retracted position, but the light emission mode of the light emitting part 14a maintains the lighting mode. It should be noted that the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

[Movable character production B]
FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory production B. FIG. The movable accessory performance B is a performance corresponding to the basic performance pattern SP3 of the 16RV passage scheduled jackpot. In terms of variation patterns, it corresponds to P3, P23, P43, and P63 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production B, as shown in FIG. 25(A), a variable start production is executed. In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 25(B), a ready-to-win effect is executed. The reach forming effect is a effect in which the effect patterns 8L, 8C and 8R form a reach mode. The ready-to-win formation production is a production in which the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped with the same number. Here, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are both temporarily stopped at "5".

Next, as shown in FIG. 25(C), a reach development effect is executed. The reach development effect is a effect for notifying the development from the normal reach to the SP reach. Here, an ally character CRA appears on the left side of the display screen 7a, and a message image MSG of "development" is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 25(D), a battle effect is executed. The battle effect is a effect in which the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB fight. If the ally character CRA wins in this battle presentation, it will be a big win.
Next, as shown in FIG. 25(E), a victory effect is executed. In the victory effect, the teammate character CRA is displayed, and the message image MSG of "Victory" is displayed on the display screen 7a.

Next, as shown in FIG. 25(F), a temporary stop effect (jackpot) is executed. The temporary stop effect (jackpot) is a effect for notifying that the game is a big win. Here, all of the production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are "5".
Next, as shown in FIG. 25(G), a character pattern matching effect is executed. The character object symbol matching effect is an effect in which the first movable character object 14 forms a stop symbol array together with the left and right effect symbols 8L and 8R on the display screen 7a. At this time, the light emission mode of the light emitting part 14a is the lighting mode, and the first movable accessory 14 functions not only as a simple accessory, but as a symbol used in place of the medium effect symbol 8C. By executing this character pattern matching effect, it can be understood that it is the maximum round "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot".

Next, as shown in FIG. 25(H), a fixed stop effect (jackpot) is executed. The fixed stop production (big hit) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C and 8R are fixed and stopped in the jackpot pattern arrangement. Here, all of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are "7". At this time, the first movable accessory 14 moves to the retracted position, but the light emission mode of the light emitting part 14a maintains the lighting mode. Incidentally, the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

[Movable character production C]
FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory production C. As shown in FIG. Movable accessory production C is production corresponding to basic production patterns SP1, SP2, and SP3 of 11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot. In terms of variation patterns, it corresponds to P4, P5, P6, P44, P45, and P46 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production C, as shown in FIG. 26(A), a variable start production is executed. In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 26(B), a ready-to-win effect is executed. The reach forming effect is a effect in which the effect patterns 8L, 8C and 8R form a reach mode. The ready-to-win formation production is a production in which the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped with the same number. Here, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are both temporarily stopped at "5".

Next, as shown in FIG. 26(C), a reach development effect is executed. The reach development effect is a effect for notifying the development from the normal reach to the SP reach. Here, an ally character CRA appears on the left side of the display screen 7a, and a message image MSG of "development" is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 26(D), a battle effect is executed. The battle effect is a effect in which the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB fight. If the ally character CRA wins in this battle presentation, it will be a big win.
Next, as shown in FIG. 26(E), a victory effect is executed. In the victory effect, the teammate character CRA is displayed, and the message image MSG of "Victory" is displayed on the display screen 7a.

Next, as shown in FIG. 26(F), a temporary stop effect (jackpot) is executed. The temporary stop effect (jackpot) is a effect for notifying that the game is a big win. Here, the production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are all "5".
Next, as shown in FIG. 26(G), a fixed stop effect (jackpot) is executed. The fixed stop production (big hit) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C and 8R are fixed and stopped in the jackpot pattern arrangement. Here, the production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are all "5". At this time, the light emitting mode of the light emitting part 14a of the first movable accessory 14 is turned off. As a result, it can be seen that it is a "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot". Incidentally, the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

[Movable character production D]
FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory production D. FIG. The movable accessory performance D is a performance corresponding to the basic performance patterns SP1, SP2, and SP3 that result in failure. In terms of fluctuation patterns, corresponding to P8, P9, P10, P12, P13, P14, P25, P26, P27, P29, P30, P31, P48, P49, P50, P52, P53, P54, P65, P66, P67 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production D, as shown in FIG. 27(A), a variable start production is executed. In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 27(B), a ready-to-win effect is executed. The reach forming effect is a effect in which the effect patterns 8L, 8C and 8R form a reach mode. The ready-to-win formation production is a production in which the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped with the same number. Here, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are both temporarily stopped at "5".

Next, as shown in FIG. 27(C), a reach development effect is executed. The reach development effect is a effect for notifying the development from the normal reach to the SP reach. Here, an ally character CRA appears on the left side of the display screen 7a, and a message image MSG of "development" is displayed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 27(D), a battle effect is executed. The battle presentation is a presentation in which the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB fight. If the ally character CRA wins in this battle presentation, it will be a big win.
Next, as shown in FIG. 27(E), a defeat effect is executed. In the defeat effect, the enemy character CRB is displayed, and the message image MSG of "defeat" is displayed on the display screen 7a.

Next, as shown in FIG. 27(F), a temporary stop effect (loss) is executed. The temporary stop effect (loss) is a effect for notifying that the game is a loss. Here, the left and right production patterns 8L and 8R are "5", and the middle production pattern 8C is "6".
Next, as shown in FIG. 27(G), a fixed stop effect (losing) is executed. The fixed stop production (losing) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are fixed and stopped in a losing pattern arrangement. Here, the left and right production patterns 8L and 8R are "5", and the middle production pattern 8C is "6". At this time, the light emitting mode of the light emitting part 14a of the first movable accessory 14 is turned off. Incidentally, the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

[Movable character production E]
FIG. 28 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory production E. FIG. Movable accessory production E is a production corresponding to the basic production pattern "Normal Reach" for failure. In terms of variation patterns, it corresponds to P7, P11, P24, P28, P47, P51, P64, and P68 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production E, a variable start production is executed as shown in FIG. 28(A). In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 28(B), a reach forming effect is executed. The reach forming effect is a effect in which the effect patterns 8L, 8C and 8R form a reach mode. The ready-to-win formation production is a production in which the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped with the same number. Here, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are both temporarily stopped at "5".

Next, as shown in FIG. 28(C), a temporary stop effect (loss) is executed. The temporary stop effect (loss) is a effect for notifying that the game is a loss. Here, the left and right production patterns 8L and 8R are "5", and the middle production pattern 8C is "6".
Next, as shown in FIG. 28(D), a fixed stop effect (loss) is executed. The fixed stop production (losing) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are fixed and stopped in a losing pattern arrangement. Here, the left and right production patterns 8L and 8R are "5", and the middle production pattern 8C is "6". At this time, the light emitting mode of the light emitting part 14a of the first movable accessory 14 is turned off. Incidentally, the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

[Movable character production F]
FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining the movable accessory production F. FIG. The movable accessory effect F is a effect corresponding to the basic effect pattern of losing, “no reach, losing”. In terms of variation patterns, it corresponds to P15, P16, P32, P33, P55, P56, P72, and P73 (FIGS. 9 and 10).

First, in the movable accessory production F, as shown in FIG. 29(A), a variable start production is executed. In this fluctuation start production, the production patterns 8L, 8C and 8R start to fluctuate at high speed. A pending image 9A and a pending image 9C are displayed at the bottom of the display screen 7a. Also, the first movable accessory 14 is at the retracted position, and the light emission mode of the light emitting section 14a is in a changing mode.

Next, as shown in FIG. 29(B), the left/right symbol stop effect is executed. The left and right symbol stop effect is an effect in which the effect symbols 8L and 8R are temporarily stopped. Here, the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped at "1", and the right production pattern 8R is temporarily stopped at "5".

Next, as shown in FIG. 29(C), a temporary stop effect (loss) is executed. The temporary stop effect (loss) is a effect for notifying that the game is a loss. Here, the left effect symbol 8L is "1", the middle effect symbol 8C is "2", and the right effect symbol 8R is "8".
Next, as shown in FIG. 28(D), a fixed stop effect (loss) is executed. The fixed stop production (losing) is a production in which the production symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are fixed and stopped in a losing pattern arrangement. Here, the left effect symbol 8L is "1", the middle effect symbol 8C is "2", and the right effect symbol 8R is "8". At this time, the light emitting mode of the light emitting part 14a of the first movable accessory 14 is turned off. Incidentally, the pending image corresponding to the change disappears substantially at the same time as the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are fixed and stopped.

Incidentally, conventionally, a game machine that performs various effects using a display screen is common (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2019-098071). In such a gaming machine, whether or not a jackpot will be won is determined using images or accessories, so that the normal game can be made more interesting. However, even with the gaming machines described above, there is still room for improvement in terms of techniques for enhancing the interest in games.

[Effect example]
An example of the effect of the movable accessory presentation is shown below.
[Effect 1]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 is used in place of the middle effect symbol 8C in the stop display of the effect symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R performed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and the display screen is displayed. A stop symbol array is formed together with the production symbols 8L and 8R of 7a (FIGS. 24(F) and 25(G)). According to this configuration, since the accessory functions as a pattern, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Effect 2]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 moves from the retracted position to the advanced position, and forms a stop pattern array together with the production patterns 8L and 8R on the display screen 7a (Fig. 24(F), FIG. 25(G)). According to this configuration, the accessories are moved to form the stop symbol array, so that the interest in the game can be improved.

[Effect 3]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 has the same design as the "7" pattern of the production pattern, and when the left and right production patterns 8L and 8R are "7" A stop symbol array is formed together with the left and right performance symbols 8L and 8R (FIGS. 24(F) and 25(G)). According to this configuration, since the first movable accessory 14 can be made to function as a symbol, the interest in the game can be improved.

[Effect 4]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, the stop symbol array configured using the first movable accessory 14 determines the transition to the big win. According to this configuration, it is possible to give the player a sense of superiority and improve the interest in the game.

[Effect 5]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, when the stop symbol array is formed using the first movable accessory 14, it is determined that the maximum round "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot" is achieved. According to this configuration, it is possible to give the player a sense of superiority and improve the interest in the game.

[Effect 6]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 has the light-emitting portion 14a, and it is possible to change the light-emitting mode. When forming the stop symbol array together with the left and right performance symbols 8L and 8R, the lighting mode is such that the hue, brightness and saturation are fixed (FIGS. 24(F) and 25(G)). According to this configuration, there is a high possibility that the first movable accessory 14 is recognized as one symbol, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Effect 7]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 has the light-emitting portion 14a, and it is possible to change the light-emitting mode. Then, in the variation in which the winning result is lost, when the effect symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R are fixed and stopped, the light emitting portion 14a is turned off (Fig. 27 (G), Fig. 28 (D), Fig. 29). (D) According to this configuration, there is a high possibility that the first movable accessory 14 can be recognized as a pattern only when necessary, and the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Modification]
An example of the effect of the movable accessory presentation is shown below.
In the above embodiment, the first movable accessory 14 is modeled after the "7" pattern, but it may be modeled with a special production pattern that does not appear in normal variation. Then, in the performance of matching the role object pattern, the first movable role object 14 may form the stop pattern array together with the special production pattern.
For example, when the patterns of "1 to 9" are used for normal variation, as shown in FIG. Together with the symbols 8L and 8R, the first movable accessory 14 in the shape of the "13" symbol may form the stop symbol array.
For example, when the symbols "1 to 9" are used for normal variation, as shown in FIG. Along with 8R, the first movable accessory 14 in the shape of a "predetermined character" may form the stop symbol array.
For example, when the symbols "1 to 9" are used for normal variation, as shown in FIG. , 8R and the first movable accessory 14 in the shape of the character "MAX" may form the stop symbol array.

[Mode example]
The gaming machine of this embodiment can implement the following aspects.
[Aspect 1]
a display device capable of displaying performance patterns;
A gaming machine comprising a movable accessory,
In the stop display of the performance symbols performed by the display device, the movable role is used in place of the performance symbols in a predetermined row, and the performance symbols on the display device form a stop symbol array together with the performance symbols. is possible,
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 2]
The gaming machine according to aspect 1,
In the role product pattern presentation, the movable role product moves from the retracted position to the advanced position, stops at the advanced position, and forms the stop pattern array.
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 3]
A gaming machine according to aspect 1 or aspect 2,
The movable accessory is a role having the same design as a specific one of the performance symbols,
In the role pattern production, the stop pattern array is formed together with the specific production pattern,
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 4]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects 1 to 3,
The role symbol production is a production of confirmation stop of the production pattern that informs the confirmation of the transition to the jackpot game,
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 5]
The gaming machine according to aspect 4,
The role pattern effect is an effect that notifies confirmation of transition to a specific jackpot game when there are a plurality of types of the jackpot game.
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 6]
A gaming machine according to any one of aspects 1 to 5,
The movable accessory has a light-emitting part capable of changing the light-emitting mode,
In the character design production, the movable character retains one light emission mode without changing the light emission mode.
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Aspect 7]
The gaming machine according to aspect 6,
When the character design effect is not executed in the fixed stop display of the effect symbol, the movable accessory is turned off as the light emission mode.
A gaming machine characterized by:

The maximum round promotion effects A to M will be described below with reference to FIGS. 31 to 43. FIG. In FIGS. 31 to 43, various reserved images displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 are omitted from the viewability of the drawings, and a plurality of production patterns (3) displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 are omitted. Some of the production patterns) are also omitted for the sake of legibility of the drawing.

The production design consists of various character designs with numerical designs (numbers “1” to “9” and Roman numerals “X”). Numeral patterns are attached in a relatively small size.

When a plurality of performance patterns (three performance patterns) are aligned with the same performance pattern, a jackpot game (jackpot performance) in which a profit is given to the player occurs, and a specific character pattern with a Roman numeral "X". When the specific production patterns with the patterns are aligned, a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round will occur, and the character patterns different from the specific character patterns will have numbers "1" to "9". (that is, a specific performance pattern and a different performance pattern), a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having a normal round is generated.

As for the specific effect pattern, both the specific character pattern and the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" are divinely colored with a specific color of gold (yellow). On the other hand, in the production pattern different from the specific character pattern, the character pattern different from the specific character pattern and the number patterns "1" to "9" are both colored in blue, which is a normal color different from the specific color. ing. In addition, among the performance designs different from the specific performance design, the character design different from the specific character design and the odd number (that is, the number "1", the number "3", the number "5", the number "7" and the number "9 ”) are colored in red, which is a normal color for odd numbers different from the specific color, and character patterns different from the specific character patterns and even numbers (that is, the number “2”, the number “4”, and the number “6”) and the number "8") may be painted in blue, which is a normal color for even numbers different from the specific color.

When a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having normal rounds occurs, it is possible to obtain a ball by completing, for example, 11 rounds as the normal rounds. On the other hand, when a jackpot with a maximum round (jackpot presentation) occurs, a ball can be obtained by completing 16 rounds, which is five rounds more than the normal rounds, as the maximum rounds. Therefore, after the big win is determined, a maximum round promotion effect, which is a promotion effect for the number of rounds, is executed as a chance to win a big win game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round.

Note that the jackpot (jackpot effect) having the maximum round is the “16RV scheduled jackpot” shown in FIG. 8, and the maximum round is “16 rounds”. A jackpot game (jackpot performance) having normal rounds is "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot" shown in FIG. 8, and the normal rounds are "11 rounds (substantially 10 rounds)".

As production patterns that can generate a jackpot game having the maximum round (jackpot production), in addition to specific production patterns in which a specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X", Only the character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern for the production pattern different from the production pattern, only the number pattern for the production pattern different from the specific production pattern A specific number pattern such as the Roman numeral "X" Examples include those that replace (switch, replace), and those that replace (switch, replace) only numeric patterns from normal colors to specific colors for production patterns different from specific production patterns.

In the maximum round promotion effect, after the variable display of three performance patterns is started and the performance patterns are aligned in the same pattern to convey the occurrence of a big win, a jackpot game having a normal round (jackpot performance) to the maximum round. It informs the player whether or not it is possible to promote (promote the number of rounds) to a jackpot game (jackpot performance). As a result, the player can get a chance to win a big win game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round by the maximum round promotion effect.

The image control microcomputer 101 analyzes various commands received from the sub-control board 90 (for example, a variable effect start command), and if an instruction to execute the maximum round promotion effect is included, the corresponding image data from the ROM 103 is read out and an image is displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. FIG.

Here, the maximum round promotion effect A will be described first, the maximum round promotion effect B, the maximum round promotion effect C, the maximum round promotion effect D, the maximum round promotion effect E, the maximum round promotion effect F, the maximum round promotion effect G, the maximum The round promotion effect H, the maximum round promotion effect I, the maximum round promotion effect J, the maximum round promotion effect K, the maximum round promotion effect L and the maximum round promotion effect M will be explained in order.

[Maximum round promotion effect A]
First, the maximum round promotion effect A will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect A. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 31(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Fluctuation of production patterns (various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X" attached) Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 31(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 31(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a, and doubles are formed. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 31(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 31(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect A is started, as shown in FIGS. 31(D) to 31(E), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 31(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "3" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. This character pattern is different from the character pattern of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG.

In FIG. 31(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "3" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "3" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "3". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 31(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "3").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 31(G), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (rich in number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (G), the character patterns of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R that are temporarily stopped and displayed are the same, and the number pattern is replaced (switched, scraped) from the number "3" to the Roman numeral "X". ), and then stop display.

In FIG. 31 (H), the number pattern 8Lb of the left production pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C, and the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R are all replaced (switched) from the number "3" to the Roman numeral "X". , replaced).

This Roman numeral "X" is a specific number attached to a specific character design in a specific design design that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, that is, a specific design design that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a design. That is, in FIG. 31(H), only the number patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are given to the specific character patterns that determine the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced by a number pattern (switched, replaced).

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 31 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) One before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right production pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot production) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect A), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and a double pattern is formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance A is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are aligned with the number “3” and the temporary stop display is performed, the maximum round promotion performance is displayed. By A, only the number patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced (switched) with a specific number pattern called Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. , replaced). As a result, the specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned, and the double eyes are formed, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect A. Opportunities for promotion in number (that is, “16RV passing scheduled jackpot”) can be obtained. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum Round Promotion B]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect B will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect B. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 32A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Fluctuation of production patterns (various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X" attached) Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 32(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 32(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4"), are arranged on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 32(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 32(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect B is started, as shown in FIGS. 32(D) to 32(E), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 32(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 32(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 32(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 32(G), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (highly increasing the number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (G), the character pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped and displayed is the same as the number "4", and the number "4" is the normal pattern. The color (for example, blue) is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific color (the color of a specific numerical pattern of the Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds), and then the display is stopped. That is, in FIG. 32(H), only the color of the number pattern in the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) from the normal color to the specific color.

In FIG. 32(H), the color of the number pattern 8Lb of the left production pattern 8L, the color of the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C, and the color of the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R are all replaced from the normal color to the specific color ( to switch, to replace).

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 32 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the prior art, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect B), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and a double pattern is formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion effect B is started, and after that, even if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are again aligned with the number symbol "4" and the temporary stop display is performed, the maximum round promotion effect is started. By the production B, only the color of the number pattern in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) from the normal color to the specific color. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect B. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Maximum round promotion effect C]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect C will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 33 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect C. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 33A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 33(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 33(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 33(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 33(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect C is started, as shown in FIGS. 33(D) to 33(F), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed. The number "5" attached to the character pattern following the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R composed of the number "4" which is variablely displayed and attached to the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 33(G), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "5" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. This character pattern is different from the character pattern of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG.

In FIG. 33(G), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "5" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "5" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "5" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 33(G), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "5").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 33(H), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the part of the effect button image corresponding to the pressing operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (rich in number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (H), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed, have the same number "5" pattern, and the character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern. ), then stopped.

In FIG. 33(I), the character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C, and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are all replaced (switched, replaced) with specific character patterns.

This specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round, that is, a specific production pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a specific character design. That is, in FIG. 33(I), only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are given a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced (switched, replaced) with a character design.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 33 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) One before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance C is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are aligned with the number “5” and displayed temporarily, the maximum round promotion performance is displayed. By C, only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced (switched) with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. , replaced). As a result, the specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned, and the double eyes are formed, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect C. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect D]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect D will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect D. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 34A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 34(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 34(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are arranged on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big win!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 34(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 34(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect D is started, as shown in FIGS. 34(D) to 34(E), left effect symbols 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed. The number "5" attached to the character pattern following the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R composed of the number "4" which is variablely displayed and attached to the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 34(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display with the same pattern.

In FIG. 34(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 34(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 34(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. "4" is replaced with Roman numeral "X" (switched, replaced), and then stopped.

In FIG. 34 (G), the number pattern 8Lb of the left production pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C, and the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R are all replaced (switched) from the number "4" to the Roman numeral "X". , replaced).

This Roman numeral "X" is a specific number attached to a specific character design in a specific design design that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, that is, a specific design design that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a design. That is, in FIG. 34(G), only the number patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are specific Roman numerals "X" attached to specific character patterns that determine the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced by a number pattern (switched, replaced).

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 34 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect D), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion effect D is started, and after that, even if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are again aligned with the number symbol "4" and the temporary stop display is performed, the maximum round promotion effect is started. By the production D, only the number patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds ( (switching, replacing). As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect D. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect E]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect E will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect E. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 35A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 35(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 35(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4"), are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 35(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 35(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect E is started, as shown in FIGS. 35(D) to 35(E), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 35(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 35(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 35(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 35(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. , the character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern, and then stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 35(G), the character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C, and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are all replaced (switched, replaced) with specific character patterns.

This specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round, that is, a specific production pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a specific character design. That is, in FIG. 35(G), only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are given a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced (switched, replaced) with a character design.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 35(C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the prior art, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect E), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number symbol "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance E is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are aligned with the number “5” and the temporary stop display is performed, the maximum round promotion performance is displayed. By E, only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced (switched) with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. , replaced). As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage after) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect E. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect F]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect F will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 36 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect F. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 36A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

When the variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 36A is started, as shown in FIG. A character CRB is arranged and displayed, and two messages MG saying "Your teammate character wins big!" are arranged and displayed in front of the characters CRA and CRB in the center of the display screen 7a. An action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started) by the two characters CRA and CRB.

In the action production (battle production), a battle between the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB unfolds, and when the ally character CRA finally wins over the enemy character CRB, a big win is achieved. On the other hand, when the enemy character CRB finally wins against the ally character CRA (that is, when the ally character CRA is defeated by the enemy character CRB), the game is lost.

Subsequently, an action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started), and as shown in FIG. The ally character CRA is displayed in the center, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the ally character CRA.

After that, as shown in FIG. 36(D), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 36(D), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 36(D), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect F is started, as shown in FIGS. 36(E) to 36(F), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 36(G), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "3" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. This character pattern is different from the character pattern of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG.

In FIG. 36(G), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "3" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "3" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "3". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Further, in FIG. 36(G), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "3").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 36(H), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (highly increasing the number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (H), the character patterns of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R that are temporarily stopped and displayed are the same, and the number pattern is replaced (switched, scraped) from the number "3" to the Roman numeral "X". ), and then stop display.

In FIG. 36 (I), the number pattern 8Lb of the left production pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C, and the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R are all replaced (switched) from the number "3" to the Roman numeral "X". , replaced).

This Roman numeral "X" is a specific number attached to a specific character design in a specific design design that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, that is, a specific design design that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a design. That is, in FIG. 36(I), only the number patterns in the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are given to the specific character pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced by a number pattern (switched, replaced).

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 36 (D), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the prior art, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance F is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are aligned with the number “3”, the maximum round promotion performance is displayed temporarily. By F, only the number patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced (switched) with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. , replaced). As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can enter the round by the maximum round promotion effect F. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Maximum round promotion effect G]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect G will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 37 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect G. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 37A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

When the variable display of the effect symbols in FIG. 37A is started, as shown in FIG. A character CRB is arranged and displayed, and two messages MG saying "Your teammate character wins big!" are arranged and displayed in front of the characters CRA and CRB in the center of the display screen 7a. An action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started) by the two characters CRA and CRB.

In the action production (battle production), a battle between the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB unfolds, and when the ally character CRA finally wins over the enemy character CRB, a big win is achieved. On the other hand, when the enemy character CRB finally wins against the ally character CRA (that is, when the ally character CRA is defeated by the enemy character CRB), the game is lost.

Subsequently, an action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started), and as shown in FIG. The teammate character CRA is displayed in the center, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the teammate character CRA.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37(D), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a, and doubles are formed. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 37(D), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 37(D), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect G is started, as shown in FIGS. 37(E) to 37(F), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 37(G), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. In other words, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display with the same pattern.

In FIG. 37(G), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 37(G), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37(H), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. It is arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R, and is displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, white blinking). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (highly increasing the number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (H), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C and the right effect symbol 8R which are temporarily stopped and displayed are maintained as they are, and then stopped and displayed. That is, in the maximum round promotion effect G, promotion by the number of rounds could not be obtained.

In FIG. 37(I), the character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C, and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are other character patterns (including the specific character patterns described above). It does not replace (does not switch, does not replace) at all, and the number design 8Lb of the left production design 8L, the number design 8Cb of the middle production design 8C, and the number design 8Rb of the right production design 8R are from the number "4" to other No replacement (no switching, no substitution) with numbers or Roman numerals "X".

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 37 (D), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect G), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion effect G is started, and after that, even if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are again aligned with the number "4" and the temporary stop display is performed, that is, the round Even if the specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, A specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number design that is a Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design (number "9" ) or the next (that is, the next stage) performance pattern (number "1") is aligned, and even if double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can be promoted to the number of rounds by the maximum round promotion performance G. You can get the opportunity to Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect H]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect H will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 38 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect H. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 38A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

When the variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 38A is started, as shown in FIG. A character CRB is arranged and displayed, and two messages MG saying "Your teammate character wins big!" are arranged and displayed in front of the characters CRA and CRB in the center of the display screen 7a. An action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started) by the two characters CRA and CRB.

In the action production (battle production), a battle between the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB unfolds, and when the ally character CRA finally wins over the enemy character CRB, a big win is achieved. On the other hand, when the enemy character CRB finally wins against the ally character CRA (that is, when the ally character CRA is defeated by the enemy character CRB), the game is lost.

Subsequently, an action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started), and as shown in FIG. The teammate character CRA is displayed in the center, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the teammate character CRA.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38(D), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4"), are arranged on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big win!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 38(D), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 38(D), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect H is started, as shown in FIG. 38(E) to FIG. The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 38(G), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 38(G), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 38(G), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 38(H), an effect button image BTN imitating the effect button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the effect button 63. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (highly increasing the number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (H), the character pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped and displayed is the same as the number "4", and the number "4" is the normal pattern. The color (for example, blue) is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific color (the color of a specific numerical pattern of the Roman numeral "X" that determines the promotion of the number of rounds), and then the display is stopped. That is, in FIG. 38(I), only the color of the number pattern in the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) from the normal color to the specific color.

In FIG. 38(I), the color of the number pattern 8Lb of the left production pattern 8L, the color of the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C, and the color of the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R are all replaced from the normal color to the specific color ( to switch, to replace).

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 38 (D), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

In other words, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect H), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and a double pattern is formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance H is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are again aligned with the number “4” and the temporary stop display is performed, the promotion to the maximum round is performed. By the effect H, only the color of the number pattern in the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) from the normal color to the specific color. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") or the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) is aligned and double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can go round by the maximum round promotion effect H. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect I]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect I will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect I. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 39A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

When the variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 39A is started, as shown in FIG. A character CRB is arranged and displayed, and two messages MG saying "Your teammate character wins big!" are arranged and displayed in front of the characters CRA and CRB in the center of the display screen 7a. An action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started) by the two characters CRA and CRB.

In the action production (battle production), a battle between the ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB unfolds, and when the ally character CRA finally wins over the enemy character CRB, a big win is achieved. On the other hand, when the enemy character CRB finally wins against the ally character CRA (that is, when the ally character CRA is defeated by the enemy character CRB), the game is lost.

Subsequently, an action presentation (battle presentation) is developed (started), and as shown in FIG. The teammate character CRA is displayed in the center, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the teammate character CRA.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39(D), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 39(D), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 39(D), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect I is started, as shown in FIGS. 39(E) to 39(G), the left effect pattern 8L and The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 39(H), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "5" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. This character pattern is different from the character pattern of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG.

In FIG. 39(H), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "5" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "5" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "5". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 39(H), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "5").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 39(I), in order to prompt the player to operate (depress) the production button 63, a production button image BTN imitating the production button 63 is displayed at the bottom center of the display screen 7a. are arranged in front of the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, and are displayed in a predetermined light emission mode (here, blinking red). The English word "PUSH" is engraved on the portion of the effect button image corresponding to the depression operation surface of the effect button 63. - 特許庁The effect button image BTN is displayed in such a manner that a downward arrow image prompting the player to operate (depress operation) the effect button 63 moves vertically in small steps so as to overlap the upper front part of the effect button image BTN, and overlaps the lower front part of the image. , a timer bar TB is displayed to indicate the valid period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds).

In addition, as the "predetermined light emission mode", for example, white blinking based on the variable production start command that includes information on the acquisition expectation (expectation for promotion of the number of rounds) of the jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round Blinking blue → Blinking green → Blinking red → Blinking gold (blinking yellow) → Blinking seven colors (blinking rainbow (highly increasing the number of rounds)) Winning expectations for jackpot games (jackpot effects) with the maximum round (number of rounds) Promotion expectations) are set high.

When the player operates (depresses) the effect button 63, or when the effective period for accepting the operation of the effect button 63 (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, as shown in FIG. In (I), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed, have the same number pattern of "5", and the character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern. ), then stopped.

In FIG. 39(J), the character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C, and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are all replaced (switched, replaced) with specific character patterns.

This specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round, that is, a specific production pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a specific character design. That is, in FIG. 39(J), only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are given a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. Replaced (switched, replaced) with a character design.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 39 (D), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right production pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot production) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect I), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, the maximum round promotion performance I is started, and after that, even if the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are aligned with the number “5” and displayed temporarily, the maximum round promotion performance is displayed. By I, only the character patterns in the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are replaced (switched) with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. , replaced). As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, in addition, a specific design that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character design) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production design ( Even if the number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned and the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can complete the round by the maximum round promotion effect I. It is designed to be able to acquire opportunities for promotion in numbers. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Maximum round promotion performance J]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect J will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 40 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect J. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 40(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 40(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 40(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 40(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 40(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect J is started, as shown in FIG. 40(D) to FIG. The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed. The number "5" attached to the character pattern following the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R composed of the number "4" which is variablely displayed and attached to the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

It should be noted that when the maximum round promotion effect J is started, as shown in FIG. From "5", it is replaced (switched, replaced) with a Roman numeral "X" in a specific performance pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, and is changed. That is, in FIG. 40(C), the number pattern of the number "5", which is one after the number patterns of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R that are temporarily stopped and displayed (that is, one stage after), is originally the number pattern. Although it is attached to the character pattern, when the maximum round promotion performance J is started, the number pattern is a specific performance pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round from the number "5". When the player visually recognizes the Roman numeral "X" by replacing (switching, replacing) with the Roman numeral "X" and fluctuating again, there is a sense of anticipation of winning a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round. can be enhanced for the player.

This Roman numeral "X" is a specific number attached to a specific character design in a specific design design that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, that is, a specific design design that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a design. In other words, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are composed of the number "5" originally attached to the character pattern, are shown in FIG. It is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms promotion.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 40(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 40(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 40(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 40(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Along with this, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, where the above-mentioned number pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) from the number "5" to the Roman numeral "X", which is one after (that is, one after), The right effect symbol 8R is temporarily stopped and displayed, and then stopped.

In addition, in FIG. 40(F), when the left performance symbol 8L, the middle performance symbol 8C, and the right performance symbol 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed, do not fall (do not slide downward) and are then stopped and displayed, the maximum round is promoted. In production J, promotion in the number of rounds cannot be obtained.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 40(C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I wasn't happy about it (I couldn't help but be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect J), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number symbol "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion performance J is started and re-fluctuation is started, along with this, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern are formed by adding the number "4" to the character pattern. 8C, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, which is formed by adding the number "5" originally to the character pattern, which is one after (that is, one stage after) the right production pattern 8R, For the right production pattern 8R, only the number "5" number pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It has become. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, furthermore, a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific numerical pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character pattern) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production pattern (number "9") or one (that is, one stage later) production pattern (number "1") is aligned, and even if the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can use the maximum round promotion effect J It is possible to acquire the opportunity to be promoted to the number of rounds. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Maximum round promotion effect K]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect K will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect K. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 41(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Fluctuation of production patterns (various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X" attached) Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 41(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 41(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4") are arranged on the display screen 7a, and doubles are formed. A message MG saying "big win!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 41(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 41(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect K is started, as shown in FIGS. 41(D) to 41(E), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

It should be noted that when the maximum round promotion effect K is started, as shown in FIG. From "3", it is replaced (switched, replaced) with Roman numeral "X" in a specific performance pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, and is varied. In other words, in FIG. 41(C), the number "3", which is one before (that is, one step before) the number patterns of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed, is originally the number pattern. Although attached to the character pattern, when the maximum round promotion performance K is started, the number pattern is a specific performance pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round from the number "3". When the player visually recognizes the Roman numeral "X" by replacing (switching, replacing) with the Roman numeral "X" and fluctuating again, there is a sense of anticipation of winning a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round. can be enhanced for the player.

This Roman numeral "X" is a specific number attached to a specific character design in a specific design design that generates a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round, that is, a specific design design that determines the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a design. In other words, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are composed of the number "3" originally attached to the character pattern, are the number of rounds only for the number pattern in FIG. 41(E). It is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms promotion.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 41(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 41(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 41(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 41(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. ), along with this, the above-mentioned number pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) from the number "3" to the Roman numeral "X", which is one before (that is, one step before), left production pattern 8L, middle The production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R rise (jump up, jump up, slide upward), are temporarily stopped, and then stopped.

In addition, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Then, in the maximum round promotion effect K, the promotion of the number of rounds cannot be obtained.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 41 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the prior art, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect K), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and a double pattern is formed to display a temporary stop. Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion performance K is started and re-fluctuation is started, along with this, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern are formed by adding the number "4" to the character pattern. 8C, the left production pattern 8L, which is composed of the character pattern originally attached with the number "3", which is one step before (that is, one step before) the right production pattern 8R, the middle production pattern 8C, For the right production pattern 8R, only the number "3" number pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It has become. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, furthermore, a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific numerical pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character pattern) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production pattern (number "9") or the next (that is, one stage later) production pattern (number "1") is aligned, and even if double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can use the maximum round promotion production K It is now possible to acquire the opportunity to be promoted in the number of rounds. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion effect L]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect L will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 42 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect L. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 42(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed on the display screen 7a. Fluctuation of production patterns (various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X" attached) Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 42(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 42(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (here, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a, and doubles are formed. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 42(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 42(C), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect L is started, as shown in FIGS. 42(D) to 42(E), left effect symbols 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

It should be noted that when the maximum round promotion effect L is started, as shown in FIG. , The character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern in a specific effect pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round, that is, the left effect temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Although the number pattern of the number "5", which is one after (that is, one after) the number patterns of the pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, was originally attached to the character pattern, the maximum round promotion production L is started, along with this, the character pattern originally attached with the number "5" is replaced with a specific character pattern in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round. (switching, substitution) and re-fluctuation, when the player visually recognizes this specific character pattern, the expectation of winning a big win game (big win performance) having the maximum round can be heightened for the player. can.

This specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round, that is, a specific production pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a specific character design. In other words, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which were originally composed of the number "5" attached to the character pattern, are different from the character pattern in FIG. 42(D). It is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms promotion.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 42(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 42(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right performance pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb of the number "4". The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 42(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 42(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Along with this, the character pattern described above is replaced with a specific character pattern (switched, replaced), which is one after (that is, one after), left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R (here In both cases, the number "5") is temporarily stopped and then stopped.

In addition, in FIG. 42 (F), when the left performance symbol 8L, the middle performance symbol 8C, and the right performance symbol 8R that are temporarily stopped and displayed do not fall (do not slide downward) and are then stopped and displayed, the maximum round is promoted. In production L, the promotion of the number of rounds cannot be obtained.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 42 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is one before (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect L), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern "4", and doubles are formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion performance L is started and the re-fluctuation is started, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern are formed by adding the number "4" to the character pattern. 8C, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, which is formed by adding the number "5" originally to the character pattern, which is one after (that is, one stage after) the right production pattern 8R, The right performance pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern with a Roman numeral "X" for fixing the promotion of the number of rounds only for the character pattern. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, furthermore, a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific numerical pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character pattern) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production pattern (number "9") and the effect pattern (number "1") after one (that is, one stage later) are aligned, and even if the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not performed, the player can use the maximum round promotion effect L It is now possible to acquire the opportunity to be promoted in the number of rounds. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Maximum round promotion production M]
Next, the maximum round promotion effect M will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 43 is a diagram for explaining the maximum round promotion effect M. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 43(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. Variation of production patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" and Roman numerals "X") Display starts. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

The variable display of the production pattern in FIG. 43(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. , temporary stop at number "4"), medium effect pattern 8C is variably displayed and reach is formed. After that, as shown in FIG. 43(C), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are the same pattern (in this case, the number "4") are aligned on the display screen 7a to form doublets. A message MG saying "big hit!" is displayed above the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are in a state of slowly moving up and down in small steps, and the same pattern is temporarily stopped and displayed.

In FIG. 43(C), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Further, in FIG. 43C, the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion effect M is started, as shown in FIGS. 43(D) to 43(E), left effect patterns 8L, The middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R start to change again in a state in which double eyes are formed. Here, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated downward from the position where the temporary stop display is performed in a state in which doubles are formed, toward the lower side of the display screen 7a. The left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are variably displayed and composed of the number "4" shown in the character pattern, are followed by the number "5" shown in the character pattern. A left production pattern 8L, a middle production pattern 8C and a right production pattern 8R composed of number patterns appear from the upper side of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R are doubled. In the formed state, the reels are changed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a. At this time, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are changed in an opaque state.

It should be noted that when the maximum round promotion effect M is started, as shown in FIG. , The character pattern is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern in a specific effect pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round, that is, the left effect temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Although the number "3", which is one before (that is, one step before) the number patterns of the pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, was originally attached to the character pattern, the maximum round promotion production M is started, along with this, the character pattern originally attached with the number "3" is replaced with a specific character pattern in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round. (switching, substitution) and re-fluctuation, when the player visually recognizes this specific character pattern, the expectation of winning a big win game (big win performance) having the maximum round can be heightened for the player. can.

This specific character pattern is attached with a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" in a specific production pattern that generates a jackpot game (jackpot production) having the maximum round, that is, a specific production pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds. It is a specific character design. In other words, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, which are composed of the number "3" originally attached to the character pattern, are different from the character pattern in FIG. 43(E). It is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" that confirms promotion.

Subsequently, the variable display is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. 43(F), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are the same pattern and the number "4" attached to the character pattern. A temporary stop is displayed in the pattern. That is, the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R in FIG. Temporary stop display is performed with the same symbol.

In FIG. 43(F), the left effect pattern 8L is a character pattern 8La with a number "4" number pattern 8Lb attached thereto, and the middle effect pattern 8C is a character pattern 8Ca with a number "4" number pattern 8Cb attached. , the right effect pattern 8R has a character pattern 8Ra and a number "4" number pattern 8Rb. The character pattern 8La of the left effect pattern 8L, the character pattern 8Ca of the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra of the right effect pattern 8R are the same character pattern. Also, in FIG. 43(F), the number pattern 8Lb of the left effect pattern 8L, the number pattern 8Cb of the middle effect pattern 8C and the number pattern 8Rb of the right effect pattern 8R are the same number pattern (number "4").

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 43(G), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. ), along with this, the above-mentioned character pattern that is one previous (that is, one previous stage) is replaced with a specific character pattern (switched, replaced) left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production The symbol 8R (here, all numbers are "3") rises (jumps up, jumps up, slides upward), is temporarily stopped, and is then stopped.

It should be noted that the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. Then, the promotion of the number of rounds cannot be obtained in the maximum round promotion presentation M.

In this way, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side of the display screen 7a ( The variable display of characters is started. For this reason, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are: number "1" → number "2" → number "3" → number "4" → number "5" → number "6" → number "7" -> number "8" -> number "9" -> Roman numeral "X" -> number "1" -> number "2" -> . Then, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, one before the number pattern of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R temporarily stopped at the start of the maximum round promotion production (that is, one previous stage) ), the same number pattern, and the number pattern one after (that is, one after). For this reason, in FIG. 43 (C), the specific production pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) (that is, one One of the number "9" number patterns that will be the first stage), or a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) If the number pattern of the number "1" that is the latter (that is, one stage later) is not formed, the opportunity to promote the number of rounds (that is, the "16 RV passage scheduled jackpot") cannot be obtained, Although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) occurred after that, the player was honestly not happy (the player had to be disappointed).

That is, in the maximum round promotion effect in the conventional technology, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4" in FIG. When displayed, the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R, which are configured by adding the number "4" to the character pattern, are the character patterns. A left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, which are formed by adding a number pattern of the number "3", and further, a left effect pattern is formed by adding a number pattern of the number "4" to the character pattern. The left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C are composed of a character pattern with a number "5" after one (that is, one stage after) the production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R. , Since the right performance pattern is 8R, it is not possible to obtain an opportunity to increase the number of rounds (that is, "16RV passage scheduled jackpot"), and although the jackpot game (jackpot performance) will occur after that, the player is obedient. I was not pleased (I was forced to be disappointed).

On the other hand, in the present embodiment (maximum round promotion effect M), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are aligned with the number pattern of the number "4", and a double pattern is formed to form a temporary stop display. Subsequently, when the maximum round promotion performance M is started and re-fluctuation is started, along with this, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern formed by adding the number "4" to the character pattern. 8C, the left production pattern 8L, which is composed of the character pattern originally attached with the number "3", which is one step before (that is, one step before) the right production pattern 8R, the middle production pattern 8C, The right performance pattern 8R is replaced (switched, replaced) with a specific character pattern with a Roman numeral "X" for fixing the promotion of the number of rounds only for the character pattern. As a result, the specific design pattern that determines the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" attached to the specific character pattern) is aligned to form double eyes, and the temporary stop display is not displayed. Also, furthermore, a specific design pattern that confirms the promotion of the number of rounds (that is, a specific numerical pattern of Roman numerals "X" attached to a specific character pattern) One previous (that is, one previous stage) production pattern (number "9") or the next (that is, one stage later) production pattern (number "1") is aligned, and even if the double eyes are formed and the temporary stop display is not displayed, the player can use the maximum round promotion production M It is possible to acquire the opportunity to be promoted to the number of rounds. Therefore, the amusement of the game can be improved.

[Effect example]
Below, an example of the effect of the maximum round promotion effect is shown.
[Effect 1]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, for example, as shown in FIGS. Equipped with an image display device 7 (display means) that displays a production pattern 8R), and a specific winning game among a plurality of types of winning games ("16 RV passage scheduled jackpot", "11R (substantially 10R) V non-passing scheduled jackpot") ("16RV passage scheduled jackpot") Specific production design (production design in which a specific character design is attached with a specific number design Roman numeral "X") and a specific production design It has other production patterns (character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached), and some of the other production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production The pattern 8R is a number "3") is replaced with a part of a specific production pattern (a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern) to display a specific winning game. It is possible to execute a first effect for informing of transition confirmation. According to this configuration, even if the specific performance pattern is not displayed, it is possible to replace a part of the other performance pattern with a part of the specific performance pattern and display it, and notify the determination of the transition to the specific winning game. Therefore, the interest in the game can be improved.
Maximum round promotion effect B of FIGS. 32(D) to 32(H), maximum round promotion effect C of FIGS. 33(D) to 33(I), maximum round of FIGS. 34(D) to 34(G) Promotion production D, maximum round promotion production E in FIGS. 35(D) to 35(G), maximum round promotion production F in FIGS. 36(E) to 36(I), and FIGS. ) maximum round promotion effect G, maximum round promotion effect H in FIGS. 38(E) to 38(I), maximum round promotion effect I in FIGS. Maximum round promotion effect J in FIG. 40 (G), maximum round promotion effect K in FIGS. 41 (D) to 41 (G), maximum round promotion effect L in FIGS. The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect M shown in (D) to (G) of FIG.

[Effect 2]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. A second effect (symbol 8L, middle production pattern 8C, and right production pattern 8R are aligned with the same pattern (here, the number "4") to form double eyes, and the message MG saying "big win!" is left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right displayed above the production pattern 8R) can be executed. According to this configuration, even if the player feels disappointed instead of the specific winning game when the advance notice of the shift to the other winning game different from the specific winning game is notified, after that, other A first effect can be executed in which a part of the performance pattern is replaced with a part of the specific performance pattern and displayed, and the confirmation of the transition to the specific winning game is announced. As a result, it is possible to arouse the player's sense of anticipation for a specific win.
Maximum round promotion effect B of FIGS. 32(D) to 32(H), maximum round promotion effect C of FIGS. 33(D) to 33(I), maximum round of FIGS. 34(D) to 34(G) Promotion production D, maximum round promotion production E in FIGS. 35(D) to 35(G), maximum round promotion production F in FIGS. 36(E) to 36(I), and FIGS. ) maximum round promotion effect G, maximum round promotion effect H in FIGS. 38(E) to 38(I), maximum round promotion effect I in FIGS. Maximum round promotion effect J in FIG. 40 (G), maximum round promotion effect K in FIGS. 41 (D) to 41 (G), maximum round promotion effect L in FIGS. The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect M shown in (D) to (G) of FIG.

[Effect 3]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. is operated, the first effect can be executed. According to this configuration, even if the specific production pattern is not displayed, when the player operates the production button 63 (operating means), a part of the other production pattern is replaced with a part of the specific production pattern and displayed. However, since it is possible to execute the first effect for notifying the confirmation of the transition to a specific winning game (“16RV passage scheduled jackpot”), the player can perform a specific winning operation by his or her own intentional operation. It is possible to impart a sense of accomplishment as if the player were drawn to the game.
Maximum round promotion effect B in FIG. 32 (G), maximum round promotion effect C in FIG. 33 (H), maximum round promotion effect F in FIG. 36 (H), maximum round promotion effect G in FIG. 37 (H), FIG. The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect H of (H) and the maximum round promotion effect I of FIG. 39(I).

[Effect 4]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 31 (H) of the maximum round promotion effect A, the specific effect pattern and other effect patterns include at least number patterns, and the first effect is Number patterns of other production patterns (left production pattern 8L number "3" number pattern 8Lb, middle production pattern 8C number "3" number pattern 8Cb and right production pattern 8R number "3" number pattern 8Rb) can be displayed by replacing with a number pattern of a specific performance pattern (a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X" attached to a specific character pattern for determining the promotion of the number of rounds). According to this configuration, even if the specific production pattern is not displayed, the number patterns of other production patterns are replaced with the number patterns of the specific production pattern and displayed, so that a specific winning game ("16 RV pass Since it is possible to notify the determination of the transition to the scheduled jackpot"), the player can acquire a specific winning game opportunity.
Maximum round promotion effect D of FIG. 34 (G), maximum round promotion effect F of FIG. 36 (I), maximum round promotion effect J of FIGS. 40 (D) and (G) and FIGS. The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect K.

[Effect 5]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 33 (I) of the maximum round promotion effect C, the specific effect pattern and other effect patterns include at least character patterns, and the first effect is Character patterns of other production patterns (character pattern 8La of left production pattern 8L, character pattern 8Ca of middle production pattern 8C and character pattern 8Ra of right production pattern 8R) are changed to character patterns of specific production patterns (promotion of the number of rounds is confirmed. can be displayed by replacing it with a specific character pattern attached with a specific number pattern of Roman numeral "X"). According to this configuration, even if the specific effect pattern is not displayed, the character pattern of the other effect pattern is replaced with the character pattern of the specific effect pattern and displayed, so that the specific winning game ("16 RV pass Since it is possible to notify the determination of the transition to the scheduled jackpot"), the player can acquire a specific winning game opportunity.
Maximum round promotion effect E in FIG. 35 (G), maximum round promotion effect I in FIG. 39 (J), maximum round promotion effect L in FIGS. 42 (D) and (G) and FIGS. The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect M.

[Effect 6]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. The color of the number pattern 8Lb of 8L, the color of the number pattern 8Cb of the middle production pattern 8C and the color of the number pattern 8Rb of the right production pattern 8R) are attached to a part of the specific production pattern (promotion of the number of rounds It can be displayed by replacing it with the color of a specific number pattern of the fixed Roman numeral "X"). According to this configuration, even if the specific production pattern is not displayed, the color applied to a part of the other production patterns is replaced with the color applied to a part of the specific production pattern and displayed. By doing so, it is possible to inform the determination of the transition to a specific winning game (“16RV passage scheduled jackpot”), so that the player can obtain an opportunity for a specific winning game.
The same applies to the maximum round promotion effect H in FIG. 38(I).

[Modification]
Below, the modification of the maximum round promotion production is shown.
[Modification 1]
31 to 43, maximum round promotion effect A to maximum round promotion effect M are performed before the production pattern that starts the variable display is various character patterns and number patterns (number “1” to number “9”, Roman A number "X") is attached, and the character pattern is mainly displayed in a large size, and the number pattern is attached in a smaller size than the size of the character pattern. However, the structure of the production pattern is left as it is, and the size and arrangement of the character pattern and the number pattern may be reversed. In other words, it is also possible to display mainly the number patterns in a large size, and to compose the effect pattern such that the character pattern is attached in a size smaller than the size of the number patterns. Even if it is configured in this way, even if a specific production pattern is not displayed in the maximum round promotion production A to the maximum round promotion production M of FIGS. (character pattern or number pattern) is replaced with a part of a specific production pattern (specific character pattern or specific number pattern) to display a specific winning game ("16RV passage scheduled jackpot" ), it is possible to obtain an opportunity for a specific winning game. Therefore, it is possible to improve the amusement of the game.

[Modification 2]
In the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects M in FIGS. (Specific character pattern or specific number pattern) is replaced and displayed to notify confirmation of transition to a specific winning game ("16RV passage scheduled jackpot"). When replacing a part of the production pattern (other production pattern) different from the specific production pattern with a part of the specific production pattern, by changing the replacement part to a prescribed color and a prescribed light emission mode, which part is You may make it suggest whether it replaces. Examples of the "predetermined color" include white, gold (yellow), seven colors (rainbow), and the like. Examples of the "predetermined light emission mode" include lighting, blinking, and gradation lighting.

[Modification 3]
In the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects M in FIGS. (Specific character pattern or specific number pattern) is replaced and displayed to notify confirmation of transition to a specific winning game ("16RV passage scheduled jackpot"). When replacing a part of the production pattern (other production pattern) different from the specific production pattern with a part of the specific production pattern, by changing the display mode of the part to be replaced, to suggest which part is replaced can be For example, maximum round promotion effect A in FIG. 31, maximum round promotion effect B in FIG. 32, maximum round promotion effect D in FIG. 34, maximum round promotion effect F in FIG. 36, maximum round promotion effect H in FIG. In the maximum round promotion performance J and the maximum round promotion performance K of FIG. 41, the display mode of the number pattern which is the replacement part is changed to rotate, and the maximum round promotion performance C of FIG. 33 and the maximum round promotion performance E of FIG. , maximum round promotion effect I of FIG. 39, maximum round promotion effect L of FIG. 42, and maximum round promotion effect M of FIG. In the maximum round promotion effect G of FIG. 37 as well, the display mode is changed to rotate the character pattern or number pattern, although it is not replaced as a result.

[Modification 4]
Of the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects M in FIGS. 31 to 43, the maximum round promotion effects D in FIG. 34, the maximum round promotion effects E in FIG. In the maximum round promotion effect excluding the maximum round promotion effect M, when the player operates (pressing operation) the production button 63, or when the operation acceptance valid period (for example, 5 seconds) of the production button 63 elapses, a specific production Part of the production pattern (other production pattern) different from the pattern (character pattern or number pattern) is replaced with a part of the specific production pattern (specific character pattern or specific number pattern) and displayed to play a specific winning game. (“16RV Pass Scheduled Jackpot”) could be announced. A sword button 65 that can be operated by the player may be used instead of the effect button 63 . Even with this configuration, it is possible to provide the player with a sense of accomplishment as if he/she has attracted a specific winning game by his or her own intentional operation.

[Modification 5]
In the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects M in FIGS. (Specific character pattern or specific number pattern) is replaced and displayed to notify confirmation of transition to a specific winning game ("16RV passage scheduled jackpot"). Display screen 7a of image display device 7 for a predetermined period (for example, 2 seconds or 3 seconds) when replacing a part of a performance pattern (another performance pattern) different from the specific performance pattern with a part of the specific performance pattern. may be dimmed. In this way, it is possible to more effectively direct the presence or absence of confirmation of transition to a specific winning game.

[Modification 6]
Of the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects M in FIGS. 31 to 43, the maximum round promotion effects D in FIG. 34, the maximum round promotion effects E in FIG. In the maximum round promotion performance excluding the maximum round promotion performance M, a performance button image BTN imitating the performance button 63 is displayed on the display screen 7a in a predetermined light emission mode, and a jackpot game (jackpot performance) having the maximum round is displayed in the predetermined light emission mode. ) suggested the degree of acquisition expectation. However, depending on the size of the effect button image BTN displayed on the display screen 7a, it is also possible to suggest the degree of expectation for winning a jackpot game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round. In this case, the degree of expectation for winning a jackpot game (jackpot effect) having the maximum round may be suggested only according to the size of the effect button image BTN, or the size of the effect button image BTN and the predetermined value of the effect button image BTN may be suggested. You may suggest the acquisition expectation degree of the jackpot game (jackpot effect|presentation) which has a maximum round using together with a light emission mode. Even with this configuration, it is possible to provide the player with a sense of accomplishment as if he/she had attracted a specific winning game (“16RV passage scheduled jackpot”) by his or her own intentional operation.

[Modification 7]
As for the specific production pattern, the specific character pattern and the specific number pattern of the Roman numeral "X" were both divinely colored with a specific color of gold (yellow). However, instead of gold (yellow), seven colors (rainbow) may be used. In this way, in the maximum round promotion effects A to maximum round promotion effects I shown in FIGS. , can be made to appear as a rare effect, so that the player can get a sense of superiority.

[Modification 8]
In the maximum round promotion performance J to maximum round promotion performance M of FIGS. 8L, middle production pattern 8C, and right production pattern 8R were falling (sliding downward) or rising (jumping up, jumping up, or sliding upward). However, when the player operates the production button 63 (operating means) after the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed, the left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern that are stopped are displayed. The pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R may drop (slide downward) or rise (jump up, jump up, or slide upward). In this way, it is possible to give the player a sense of accomplishment as if he/she has attracted a specific winning game (“16RV scheduled big win”) by increasing the number of rounds by the player's own intentional operation.

[Modification 9]
The maximum round promotion effect A to the maximum round promotion effect M in FIGS. 31 to 43 may not include some of the described effects, or may be added with other effects.

[Mode example]
The gaming machine of this embodiment can implement the following aspects.
◇ [Aspect A1-1]
A gaming machine comprising display means for displaying a plurality of types of production patterns,
It has a specific production pattern for notifying the confirmation of transition to a specific winning game among a plurality of types of winning games, and another production pattern different from the specific production pattern,
It is possible to execute a first effect that replaces a part of the other effect symbol with a part of the specific effect symbol and displays it, and informs that the transition to the specific winning game is confirmed.
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect A1-2]
The gaming machine according to aspect A1-1,
Before executing the first production, it is possible to execute a second production that notifies a transition notice to another winning game different from the specific winning game among the plurality of types of winning games,
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect A1-3]
The gaming machine according to aspect A1-1 or aspect A1-2,
Equipped with operation means that can be operated by the player,
It is possible to execute the first effect based on the operation of the operation means,
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect A1-4]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects A1-1 to A1-3,
The specific production pattern and the other production patterns include at least number patterns,
The first effect is displayed by replacing the number pattern of the other effect pattern with the number pattern of the specific effect pattern.
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect A1-5]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects A1-1 to A1-3,
The specific production pattern and the other production patterns include at least character patterns,
The first effect is displayed by replacing the character pattern of the other effect pattern with the character pattern of the specific effect pattern,
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect A1-6]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects A1-1 to A1-3,
The first effect is displayed by replacing the color attached to part of the other effect pattern with the color attached to part of the specific effect pattern.
A gaming machine characterized by:

The timer effects A to J will be described below with reference to FIGS. 44 to 55. FIG. In FIGS. 44 to 55, a plurality of performance symbols (three performance symbols) displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 may be omitted for the sake of visibility of the drawings.

The production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) are composed of various character patterns with number patterns (number "1" to number "9"). is displayed in a large size, and a number pattern is attached in a size smaller than the size of the character pattern. Various character patterns are associated with different characters so as not to overlap each other.

The left effect pattern 8L is composed of a character pattern 8La and a number pattern 8Lb, the middle effect pattern 8C is composed of a character pattern 8Ca and a number pattern 8Cb, and the right effect pattern 8R is a character pattern 8Ra and a number pattern 8Rb. is attached.

In addition, for odd numbers (i.e., number "1", number "3", number "5", number "7" and number "9"), the odd number pattern is different from the specific color (gold (yellow)). It is painted in the usual red color. Even numbers (i.e. number “2”, number “4”, number “6” and number “8”) are colored blue, which is the normal color for even numbers, different from the specific color (gold (yellow)). It is In addition, the various character patterns are colored in a normal color (either a single color or a plurality of colors expressing the individuality of the character) different from the specific color (gold (yellow)). .

In the timer effects A to J, a countdown timer is displayed on the display screen 7a as the remaining time. During this remaining time, there is a possibility that a runaway action production (runaway battle production) with a high degree of expectation, which will result in a win (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player, will start (develop, occur, appear). In other words, in the timer productions A to J, the runaway action production (runaway battle production) may start (deploy, occur, appear) only while the timer productions A to J are being performed. there is As a result, when the timer effects A to J are performed, the player can obtain a chance to win a win (jackpot) by the runaway action effects (runaway battle effects) within the remaining time.

There are a plurality of advanced super reach productions (also referred to as "advanced special reach production", hereinafter referred to as "developed SP reach production") in which the degree of expectation for winning (jackpot) that gives a profit to the player is set high. . The runaway action production (runaway battle production) is one advanced SP reach production out of a plurality of advanced SP reach productions, and among the plurality of advanced SP reach productions, a win (jackpot) that gives a profit to the player. This is the one with the highest expectations. Note that the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) may be performed after the reach is formed or may be performed even before the reach is formed.

In the runaway action production (runaway battle production), in a state in which a predetermined combination of production patterns is temporarily stopped and displayed, the character patterns that make up the predetermined production patterns suddenly jump out as characters from the production patterns, and the battle by the characters becomes a runaway action ( It is a production that starts (develops, occurs, appears) as a runaway battle). The production time of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is the advanced SP reach production, is variable by inserting various images during the production, and has a short one of 65 seconds and a long one of 90 seconds. In the runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is the advanced SP reach production, a hit (big win) is achieved when the ally character finally wins over the enemy character.

In addition, in the timer effects A to F, the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) by the pending icon 9C is started and stopped, and when the deviation is confirmed and displayed, Subsequently, the suspended icon 9A becomes the suspended icon 9C, and the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbol 8L, middle performance symbol 8C, right performance symbol 8R) is started. 8C, right production pattern 8R), whereas in the timer production G to L, production patterns by the holding icon 9C (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C , Right effect pattern 8R), after the temporary stop display, the re-fluctuation display is started, and the temporary stop display and the start of the re-fluctuation display are repeated (so-called "pseudo-continuation" is performed), and it can appear only in the holding icon 9C. It is different in that it is a direct production.

The image control microcomputer 101 analyzes various commands received from the sub-control board 90 (for example, a variable effect start command). The data is read out and an image is displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. FIG. The image control microcomputer 101 can make the player think that the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) timing (timing) of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) in the timer presentations A to J occurs arbitrarily. start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) timing (timing) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is determined according to instructions of various commands (for example, variable production start command) received from the sub-control board 90. Alternatively, the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) will be determined by lottery, and if the winner is selected, the runaway action production (runaway battle production) will start ( Deployment, occurrence, appearance) time (timing) may be arbitrarily determined in real time.

Here, timer effect A will be explained first, timer effect B, timer effect C, timer effect D, timer effect E, timer effect F, timer effect G, timer effect H, timer effect I, timer effect J, timer effect K. Then, the timer effect L will be explained in order.

[Timer effect A]
First, the timer effect A will be described with reference to FIG. 44 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect A. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 44(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the variation of the performance symbols in FIG. 44(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 44(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 44(B), the timer performance A is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 44(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reserved display position 9Ad, the reserved icon 9A displayed at the third reserved display position 9Ad moves to the second reserved display position 9Ad, and the third reserved display position 9Ad and the fourth reserved display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

The pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, and the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R). is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Variation display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 44(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "5", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad and disappears at the second reservation display position 9Ad, the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position 9Ad. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes 1 and changes to the blue number "1". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

The pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, and the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R). is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Variation display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 44(G)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "5", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a. Note that when the remaining time falls below 15 seconds, the timer image TMR switches from the first display mode to the second display mode. In the second display mode, the entire rectangular area blinks in red, and the remaining time blinks in white.

Subsequently, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the first pending display position 9Ad and the second pending display position 9Ad, the third suspension display position 9Ad, and the fourth suspension display position 9Ad, the suspension icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes 0 and changes to the blue number "0". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

The pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, and the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R). is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Variation display of production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. is displayed, the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is continued. When the remaining time is displayed as 0 seconds (zero seconds) in the timer image TMR (that is, when the timer image TMR continues to count down and the remaining time reaches a predetermined time of 0 seconds (zero seconds)), the predetermined time is reached. After a lapse of (for example, two seconds), the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, and the timer effect A ends without starting (deploying, generating, or appearing) the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect).

After that, the speed of the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. 44(J), the timer image TMR has already disappeared from the display screen 7a. The left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "5". be done. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

In this way, when the timer effect A is performed, there is a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which the player is awarded a profit in the remaining time. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production A is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is a high-expectation development SP ready-to-win production that is a win (jackpot) that gives a profit to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect A can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect A, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a period of time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. This makes it difficult for the player to lose the freshness of the timer presentation A.

[Timer effect B]
Next, the timer effect B will be described with reference to FIG. 45 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect B. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 45A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols continue to be variably displayed.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first start hole 20 and the second start hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 45(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 45(A) is started, the timer performance B is started as shown in FIG. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the countdown by the timer image TMR is started, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. In the state where the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

A countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 45(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad, the reservation icon 9A displayed at the third reservation display position 9Ad moves to the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the white spherical pending icon 9C changes to seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical The icon changes to the reserved icon 9C, and the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued.

Variation display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is started, and after that, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 3 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 45(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are changed from various normal colors to gold (yellow), which is a specific color, to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R move mutually so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. Then, the character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle performance pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle performance pattern 8C as an ally character CRA, and the character pattern 8Ra constituting the right performance pattern 8R suddenly jumps out from the right performance pattern 8R as an enemy character CRB. Also, the two pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. The number patterns 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the number patterns 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may also be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 45(G), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 37 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect B ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An ally character CRA is arranged, and an enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds, by resetting the remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 45(H), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. It should be noted that at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 45(I), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect)) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad. , a second reservation display position 9Ad, a third reservation display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed, and a white spherical reservation icon 9A is displayed at the first reservation display position 9Ad and the second reservation display position 9Ad. , the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad and the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and further, the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. disappears. In addition, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R which are stop-displayed are in various normal colors.

In this way, when the timer production B is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production B is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is a high-expectation development SP ready-to-win production that is a win (jackpot) that gives a profit to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect B can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect B, unlike the conventional method, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a certain time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation B.

[Timer effect C]
Next, the timer effect C will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 46 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect C. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 46(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variable area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the fluctuation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and at the same time, the corresponding small performance symbols are all stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, the white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and the white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color represent differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 46(A).

46(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 46(B), the timer effect C is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows the remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 46(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad, the reservation icon 9A displayed at the third reservation display position 9Ad moves to the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

The pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, and the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R). is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 46(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "5", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad and disappears at the second reservation display position 9Ad, the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position 9Ad. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes 1 and changes to the blue number "1". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the white spherical pending icon 9C changes to the green spherical pending icon 9C, Variation display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Variation display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 12 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 46(G)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C are changed from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow) and changed to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C move mutually so that the enemy character CRB faces each other. A character pattern 8La constituting the left performance pattern 8L suddenly jumps out from the left performance pattern 8L as an enemy character CRB, and a character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle performance pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle performance pattern 8C as an ally character CRA. Also, one pending icon 9A and four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. Incidentally, the number pattern 8Lb forming the left effect pattern 8L and the number pattern 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C may also be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 46(I), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 13 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect C ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An enemy character CRB is arranged, and an ally character CRA is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 13 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 13 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action production (runaway battle production), which has a longer production time than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character). is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the ally character CRA crouching behind the enemy character CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the message MG "defeated" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 46(J), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". A stop display is displayed, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C return from the specific color gold (yellow) to various normal colors, and again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation. A display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed, a white spherical reservation icon 9A is displayed at the first reservation display position 9Ad, a second reservation display position 9Ad, a third reservation display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation At the display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A is not displayed, and further, the pending display position 9Cd reappears, and the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a as the deviation is confirmed and displayed. becomes.

In this way, when the timer effect C is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer effect C is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high degree of expectation that the player will be awarded a profit in the remaining time (jackpot), starts ( ), the timer effect C can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect C, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for one time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation C.

[Timer effect D]
Next, the timer effect D will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 47 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect D. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 47A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the variation of the performance symbols in FIG. 47(A).

47(A), the variable display of the production pattern is started, and as shown in FIG. 47(B), the timer production D is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, Seconds are counting up. The timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the 0th (zero) display mode. In the 0 (zero) display mode, the entire rectangular area is illuminated in sky blue, and the number of seconds to be counted up is illuminated in black. Specifically, the number of seconds is added from the initial value 0 (zero) by combining them, such as +1 second, +3 seconds, +5 seconds, and +10 seconds.

When the added total time reaches a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds), the timer image TMR changes from the single fixed time (here, 60 seconds) to Shows the countdown remaining time. As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is switched from the 0 (zero) 1 display mode to the first display mode, and is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the countdown by the timer image TMR is started, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. In the state where the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

A countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 47(D)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad, the reservation icon 9A displayed at the third reservation display position 9Ad moves to the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R). Variable display is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued.

Variation display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 3 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 47(F)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "7", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same pattern is not aligned and it is temporarily stopped and displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are switched from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow), changing to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R mutually move so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. A character pattern 8La constituting the left performance pattern 8L suddenly jumps out from the left performance pattern 8L as an ally character CRA, and a character pattern 8Ra constituting the right performance pattern 8R suddenly jumps out from the right performance pattern 8R as an enemy character CRB. Also, the two pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. The number pattern 8Lb forming the left effect pattern 8L and the number pattern 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may also be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 47(H), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 37 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect D ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An ally character CRA is arranged, and an enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 47(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. At the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 47(J), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, A second pending display position 9Ad, a third pending display position 9Ad and a fourth pending display position 9Ad are displayed, and a white spherical pending icon 9A is displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad and the second pending display position 9Ad, The pending icon 9A is not displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad and the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and furthermore, the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. The left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C and the right effect symbol 8R which are stopped and displayed are in various normal colors.

In FIG. 47(I), the effect of notifying the victory of the winged ally character CRA is not performed, but the effect of notifying the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character) is performed. When the message MG "defeat" is displayed, in FIG. 47(J), the left effect symbol 8L becomes the number "7", the middle effect symbol 8C becomes the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R becomes the number "3". The symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the misalignment is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R return from the specific color gold (yellow) to various normal colors, and again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation. A display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed, a white spherical reservation icon 9A is displayed at the first reservation display position 9Ad and the second reservation display position 9Ad, and a third reservation display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed. At the display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A is not displayed, and further, the pending display position 9Cd reappears, and the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a as the deviation is confirmed and displayed. becomes.

In this way, when the timer effect D is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high degree of expectation that a win (jackpot) is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer effect D is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect D can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown with a timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect D, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for one time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation D.

[Timer effect E]
Next, the timer effect E will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 48 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect E. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 48A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9") is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols continue to be variably displayed.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, the white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and the white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 48(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 48(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 48(B), the timer performance E is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of the left performance symbols, 8C of the middle performance symbols, and 8R of the right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 48(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad, the reservation icon 9A displayed at the third reservation display position 9Ad moves to the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

When the reserved icon 9A displayed at the first reserved display position 9Ad moves to the reserved display position 9Cd and becomes the reserved icon 9C, the production design (left production design 8L, middle production design 8C, right production design 8R). Variable display is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued.

Variation display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed is reduced by the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R), and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 48(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same pattern is not aligned and it is temporarily stopped and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 48(G), when the remaining time is displayed as 27 seconds in the timer image TMR (that is, when 3 seconds have passed since FIG. 48(F)), the left Of the production pattern 8L, the medium production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R, the character pattern of the right production pattern 8R is switched to the character pattern of the winged man form. At this time, the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are changed from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow) to change to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R move mutually so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. Then, the character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle effect pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle effect pattern 8C as an enemy character CRB, and the character pattern 8Ra constituting the right effect pattern 8R is formed from the right effect pattern 8R as a winged ally character CRA. pop out suddenly. Also, the two pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. Incidentally, the number patterns 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the number patterns 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 48(H), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 27 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect E ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An enemy character CRB is arranged, and a winged ally character CRA is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a, and a runaway action (runaway battle) between the winged ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB starts (develops, occur, appear), and the battle unfolds. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 27 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is ensured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 27 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 48(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), an effect is performed to announce the victory of the winged ally character CRA. is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged human form ally character CRA. At the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the winged ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. At the same time, the winged friend character CRA crouching behind the enemy character CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the message MG "defeated" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 48(J), on the display screen 7a, character patterns 8La, 8Ca, and 8La, which respectively constitute a left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, are all winged figures. The pattern becomes the same as the character pattern, and the number patterns constituting the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed with the same pattern (here, the number "5"), A win game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a player wins (jackpot) and a profit is given to the player. The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect)) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad. , a second reservation display position 9Ad, a third reservation display position 9Ad and a fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed, and a white spherical reservation icon 9A is displayed at the first reservation display position 9Ad and the second reservation display position 9Ad. , the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad and the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and further, the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. disappears.

The character patterns 8La, 8Ca, 8La constituting the stopped left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, respectively, are all gold (yellow), which is a specific color. On the other hand, the number symbols 8Lb, 8Cb, 8Lb constituting the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are stopped and displayed, are red, which is the normal color for odd numbers.

In addition, the number patterns 8Lb, 8Cb, and 8Lb, which constitute the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are stopped and displayed, respectively, change from the normal color for odd numbers (red) to the specific color, gold (yellow). You may make it switch.

In this way, when the timer effect E is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high degree of expectation that a win (jackpot) is awarded to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer effect E is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect E can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect E, unlike the conventional method, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a certain time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer effect E.

[Timer effect F]
Next, the timer effect F will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 49 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect F. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 49A, on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the lower center of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first suspension display area, suspension icons 9A can be displayed at four suspension display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, so that a maximum of four suspension icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad, and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad toward the left side of the display screen 7a from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, but it is arranged and displayed on the lower left side (lower left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the lower left side (lower left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the variation of the effect symbols in FIG. 49(A).

The variable display of the effect symbols in FIG. 49(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 49(B), the timer effect F is started. Image TMR1 is displayed. A timer image TMR1 indicates the remaining time counted down from a fixed time (here, 99 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR1 is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first timer display mode. In the first timer display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in weak gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR1 starts counting down, the timer image TMR1 is reduced from the center of the display screen 7a toward the upper left side (upper left corner) while maintaining the first timer display mode. . In the state where the timer image TMR1 has been moved to the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR1 is the same as the size of the timer image TMR1 when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

When the countdown by the timer image TMR1 is started and the remaining time is displayed as 90 seconds in the timer image TMR1 as shown in FIG. , the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is continued. At this time, a timer image TMR2 having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a as the second timer. The size of the timer image TMR2 displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a is the same size as the timer image TMR1 displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in FIG. 49(B). A timer image TMR2 indicates the remaining time counted down from a fixed time (here, 60 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR2 is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the second timer display mode. In the second timer display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in strong gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR2 starts counting down, the timer image TMR2 is reduced from the center of the display screen 7a toward the upper right side (upper right corner) while maintaining the second timer display mode. . When the timer image TMR2 has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR2 is the same as the size of the timer image TMR2 when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR1 is continued and the countdown by the timer image TMR2 is started, and as shown in FIG. When 55 seconds are displayed (that is, when 5 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 49(C)), the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) continues. there is

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbol 8L, middle performance symbol 8C, right performance symbol 8R) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. At the time when the remaining time is displayed as 45 seconds in the timer image TMR2 (that is, at the time when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 49(D)), the left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", and the middle effect symbol 8C is The number "4" and the right performance pattern 8R become the number "5", and the same patterns are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, when the hold icon 9A displayed at the first hold display position 9Ad moves to the hold display position 9Cd and becomes the hold icon 9C, the hold displayed at the second hold display position 9Ad The icon 9A moves to the first reservation display position 9Ad, the reservation icon 9A displayed at the third reservation display position 9Ad moves to the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position At 9Ad, the pending icon 9A disappears. Furthermore, the game ball to the first special figure reservation and the second start port 21 based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20 arranged and displayed on the lower left side (lower left corner) of the display screen 7a Although not shown, the number of the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 becomes two and changes to the blue number "2". Then, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 is zero and continues to be the red number "0".

When the reserved icon 9A displayed at the first reserved display position 9Ad moves to the reserved display position 9Cd and becomes the reserved icon 9C, the production design (left production design 8L, middle production design 8C, right production design 8R). Variable display is started. At this time, the countdown by timer image TMR1 and timer image TMR2 is continued.

Variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At the time when the remaining time is displayed as 40 seconds in the timer image TMR2 (that is, at the time when 5 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 49 (E)), the production design (left production design 8L, middle production design 8C, right production design 8R ) continues to fluctuate.

After that, the speed due to the variable display of the production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. When it becomes "7", the same symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed, and the variable display of the medium effect symbol 8C is continued to form a ready-to-win state. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 disappear from the display screen 7a and a timer effect F is performed. ends. At the time the reach is formed, the timer image TMR1 actually has a remaining time of 67 seconds and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds. TMR2 disappears and the timer effect F ends.

After the reach is formed, as shown in FIG. 49(H), the friend character CRA is arranged on the left side of the display screen 7a, and the enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. and the enemy character CRB start (deploy, generate, appear) a runaway action (runaway battle), and the battle unfolds. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. As described above, the timer image TMR1 actually has a remaining time of 67 seconds, and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds. By completely erasing the timer image TMR2 and resetting all the remaining times, the production time of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is ensured. In other words, even if the timer image TMR1 has a remaining time of 67 seconds and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds, the runaway action has a longer presentation time than the remaining time. The production (runaway battle production) is not terminated in the middle, and all contents from the beginning to the end of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) can be provided to the player.

After the reach is formed and before the runaway action (runaway battle) starts (deploys, occurs, appears), the two pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending The display position 9Cd is hidden.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 49(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. At the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 49(J), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, A second pending display position 9Ad, a third pending display position 9Ad and a fourth pending display position 9Ad are displayed, and a white spherical pending icon 9A is displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad and the second pending display position 9Ad, The pending icon 9A is not displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad and the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and furthermore, the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. It will disappear.

In the timer effect F, in FIG. 49(I), the effect of announcing the victory of the winged ally character CRA is not performed, but the effect of announcing the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character) is performed. When the message MG "defeat" is displayed on the display screen 7a, for example, in FIG. The number "7" is displayed without being aligned with the same pattern, and there is a case where the misalignment is confirmed and displayed, and even if the reach is formed in FIG. The action (runaway battle) does not start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) (becomes a so-called normal reach), and in FIG. , the right effect symbol 8R becomes the number "7", and the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation may be confirmed and displayed.

When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed again, and the first reservation display position 9Ad and the second reservation display position 9Ad are displayed. A white spherical pending icon 9A is displayed at the pending display position 9Ad, and the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad and the fourth pending display position 9Ad. 9Cd reappears, and the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a due to the confirmation display of the deviation.

In this way, when the timer effect F is performed, there is a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as it is displayed, the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) can be expected, and the interest can be improved.

In addition, as in the past, a plurality of timer images are displayed to allow the player to start (deployment, generation, appearance) to a high-expectation development SP ready-to-win production that will be a win (jackpot) in which a profit is awarded to the player. In this case, for example, if three timer images (multiple timer images) of 5 seconds, 15 seconds, and 20 seconds are displayed, the multiple timer images are set for a short time (in other words , For example, 60 seconds, 70 seconds, 80 seconds, 90 seconds, 100 seconds, etc. are not included), even if these timer images are displayed, the development SP reach production When the player cannot expect the start (deployment, generation, appearance) and, on the other hand, for example, when three timer images (a plurality of timer images) of 5 seconds, 15 seconds, and 90 seconds are displayed, a plurality of timer images are displayed. Since some of them are set for a long time, when a timer image set for a long time is displayed, the player expects the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the development SP reach effect. It was ready. On the other hand, in the timer effect F, when the timer effect F is performed, a plurality of timer images such as the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed. are all reset, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production, may start (deploy, occur, appear). Therefore, when a plurality of timer images such as the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed, the player can respond to the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is the advanced SP reach effect. can be expected. Furthermore, the timer effect F can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown with a timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect F, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a period of time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation F.

[Timer effect G]
Next, the timer effect G will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 50 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect G. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 50(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variable area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the fluctuation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and at the same time, the corresponding small performance symbols are all stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the variation of the performance symbols in FIG. 50(A).

50(A), the variable display of the production pattern is started, and as shown in FIG. 50(B), the timer production G is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

A countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 50(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced again, and as shown in FIG. At the time of display (that is, at the time when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 50(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "5", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". ”, and the same symbols are not aligned, and the temporary stop display is displayed again.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, medium effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started again. In other words, the pseudo-relationship continues. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued, and as shown in FIG. , right effect pattern 8R) are continuously displayed.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of the left performance symbols, 8C of the middle performance symbols, and 8R of the right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 50(G)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "5", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". Then, the same symbols are not aligned and the temporary stop display is displayed again. Note that when the remaining time falls below 15 seconds, the timer image TMR switches from the first display mode to the second display mode. In the second display mode, the entire rectangular area blinks in red, and the remaining time blinks in white.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, medium effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started again. In other words, the pseudo-relationship continues. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the medium production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R) is continued. When the remaining time is displayed as 0 seconds (zero seconds) in the timer image TMR (that is, when the timer image TMR continues to count down and the remaining time reaches a predetermined time of 0 seconds (zero seconds)), the predetermined time is reached. After a lapse of (for example, two seconds), the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, and the timer effect G ends without starting (deploying, generating, appearing) the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect).

After that, the speed of the variable display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. 50(J), the timer image TMR has already disappeared from the display screen 7a. The left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "5". be done. When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a.

In this way, when the timer effect G is performed, there is a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer effect G is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high degree of anticipation that will give the player a win (jackpot) in the remaining time, starts (runaway battle effect). ), the timer effect G can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect G, unlike the conventional method, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a period of time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. This makes it difficult for the player to lose the freshness of the timer presentation G.

[Timer effect H]
Next, the timer effect H will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 51 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect H. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 51(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern and reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the variation of the performance symbols in FIG. 51(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 51(A) is started, the timer performance H is started as shown in FIG. 51(B), and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 51(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

Subsequently, the white spherical pending icon 9C changes to the seven-color (rainbow (rich big hit)) spherical pending icon 9C, and the temporary stop-displayed production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right The re-variation display of the production pattern 8R) is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 3 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 51(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same pattern is not aligned and it is temporarily stopped and displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are changed from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow) to change to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R move mutually so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. Then, the character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle performance pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle performance pattern 8C as an ally character CRA, and the character pattern 8Ra constituting the right performance pattern 8R suddenly jumps out from the right performance pattern 8R as an enemy character CRB. Also, the three pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. Incidentally, the number patterns 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the number patterns 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 51(G), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 37 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect H ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An ally character CRA is arranged, and an enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 51(H), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. At the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 51(I), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect)) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad. , a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical The pending icon 9A is displayed, the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. disappears. In addition, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R which are stop-displayed are in various normal colors.

In this way, when the timer effect H is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high degree of expectation that a win (jackpot) is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production H is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are awarded to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect H can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect H, unlike the conventional method, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a period of time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation H.

[Timer effect I]
Next, the timer effect I will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 52 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect I. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 52(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9") is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols continue to be variably displayed.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 52(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 52(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 52(B), timer performance I is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR starts counting down, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. When the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

A countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued. At this time, the white spherical pending icon 9C changes to the blue spherical pending icon 9C.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 46(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

Subsequently, the blue spherical pending icon 9C changes to the green spherical pending icon 9C, and the temporary stop-displayed production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) are again changed and displayed. is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 52(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "5", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

Subsequently, the green spherical pending icon 9C changes to the red spherical pending icon 9C, and the temporary stop-displayed production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) are re-varied and displayed. is started. In other words, the pseudo-relationship continues. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 12 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 52(G)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C are changed from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow) and changed to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C move mutually so that the enemy character CRB faces each other. A character pattern 8La constituting the left performance pattern 8L suddenly jumps out from the left performance pattern 8L as an enemy character CRB, and a character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle performance pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle performance pattern 8C as an ally character CRA. Also, the three pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. Incidentally, the number pattern 8Lb forming the left effect pattern 8L and the number pattern 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C may also be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 52(I), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of 13 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect I ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An enemy character CRB is arranged, and an ally character CRA is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 13 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 13 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action production (runaway battle production), which has a longer production time than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character). is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the ally character CRA crouching behind the enemy character CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the message MG "defeated" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 52(J), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "4". A stop display is displayed, and the deviation is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the left production pattern 8L and the middle production pattern 8C return from the specific color gold (yellow) to various normal colors, and again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation. A display position 9Ad and a fourth pending display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical pending icons 9A are displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad, the second pending display position 9Ad and the third pending display position 9Ad, and the fourth pending At the display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A is not displayed, and further, the pending display position 9Cd reappears, and the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a as the deviation is confirmed and displayed. becomes.

In this way, when the timer effect I is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production I is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect I can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

Moreover, in the timer effect I, unlike the conventional method, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is started (deployed, generated, appeared), but one time (that is, an arbitrary time ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. This makes it difficult for the player to lose the freshness of the timer presentation I.

[Timer effect J]
Next, the timer effect J will be described with reference to FIG. 53 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect J. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 53(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the left effect symbol 8L of the stereoscopic image, the middle effect symbol 8C of the stereoscopic image, and the right effect symbol 8R of the stereoscopic image are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variable area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the fluctuation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and at the same time, the corresponding small performance symbols are all stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols) continue to be displayed in a variable manner.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same patterns, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the lower center of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first suspension display area, suspension icons 9A can be displayed at four suspension display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, so that a maximum of four suspension icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad, and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad toward the left side of the display screen 7a from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, a white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and a white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first start hole 20 and the second start hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 53(A).

53(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 53(B), a timer effect J is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, Seconds are counting up. The timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the 0th (zero) display mode. In the 0 (zero) display mode, the entire rectangular area is illuminated in sky blue, and the number of seconds to be counted up is illuminated in black. Specifically, the number of seconds is added from the initial value 0 (zero) by combining them, such as +1 second, +3 seconds, +5 seconds, and +10 seconds.

When the added total time reaches a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds), the timer image TMR changes from the single fixed time (here, 60 seconds) to Shows the countdown remaining time. As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . In addition, the timer image TMR is switched from the 0 (zero) 1 display mode to the first display mode and displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the countdown by the timer image TMR is started, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. In the state where the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

A countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 53(D)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same pattern is not aligned and it is temporarily stopped and displayed.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, medium effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of the left performance symbols, 8C of the middle performance symbols, and 8R of the right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 3 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 53(F)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "7", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "3". Next, the same pattern is not aligned and it is temporarily stopped and displayed. At this time, the character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are switched from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow), changing to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8La forming the left effect pattern 8L and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R mutually move so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. A character pattern 8La constituting the left performance pattern 8L suddenly jumps out from the left performance pattern 8L as an ally character CRA, and a character pattern 8Ra constituting the right performance pattern 8R suddenly jumps out from the right performance pattern 8R as an enemy character CRB. Also, the three pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. The number pattern 8Lb forming the left effect pattern 8L and the number pattern 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may also be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 53(H), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 37 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect J ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An ally character CRA is arranged, and an enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. It will be held. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is secured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 37 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 53(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. It should be noted that at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 53(J), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect)) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad. , a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical The pending icon 9A is displayed, the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. disappears. In addition, the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R which are stop-displayed are in various normal colors.

In FIG. 53(I), the effect of notifying the victory of the winged ally character CRA is not performed, but the effect of notifying the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character) is performed. When the message MG "defeat" is displayed, in FIG. 53(J), the left effect symbol 8L becomes the number "7", the middle effect symbol 8C becomes the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R becomes the number "3". The symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the misalignment is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R return from the specific color gold (yellow) to various normal colors, and again, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, and the third reservation. A display position 9Ad and a fourth pending display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical pending icons 9A are displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad, the second pending display position 9Ad and the third pending display position 9Ad, and the fourth pending At the display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A is not displayed, and further, the pending display position 9Cd reappears, and the pending icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a as the deviation is confirmed and displayed. becomes.

In this way, when the timer effect J is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production J is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect J can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect J, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for one time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. This makes it difficult for the player to lose the freshness of the timer presentation J.例文帳に追加

[Timer effect K]
Next, the timer effect K will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 54 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect K. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 54(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9") is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the translucent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern decelerates immediately before stopping and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variation area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the variation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and all the corresponding small performance symbols are also stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols continue to be variably displayed.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, the white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and the white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, which is arranged on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color represent differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first start hole 20 and the second start hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 54(A).

The variable display of the performance symbols in FIG. 54(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 54(B), the timer performance K is started, and a timer image TMR having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. . The timer image TMR shows remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). As a result, it is possible to give the player a feeling of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production) may occur during the remaining time. . Also, the timer image TMR is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first display mode. In the first display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the countdown by the timer image TMR is started, the timer image TMR is reduced from the center toward the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a while maintaining the first display mode. In the state where the timer image TMR has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR is the same as the size of the timer image TMR when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR is started, and as shown in FIG. The variable display of the symbol 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 54(C)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by the timer image TMR is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At this time, the variable display of the performance symbols (left performance symbols 8L, middle performance symbols 8C, right performance symbols 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is decelerated, and as shown in FIG. (that is, when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 54(E)), the left production pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle production pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right production pattern 8R is the number "5". Next, the same symbols are not aligned and a temporary stop display is displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 54(G), when the remaining time is displayed as 27 seconds in the timer image TMR (that is, when 3 seconds have passed since FIG. 54(F)), the temporary stop displayed left Of the production pattern 8L, the medium production pattern 8C and the right production pattern 8R, the character pattern of the right production pattern 8R is switched to the character pattern of the winged man form. At this time, the character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R are changed from various normal colors to a specific color of gold (yellow) to change to a divinely colored display mode, The character pattern 8Ca forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the character pattern 8Ra forming the right effect pattern 8R move mutually so as to form a display mode in which they face each other. Then, the character pattern 8Ca constituting the middle effect pattern 8C suddenly jumps out from the middle effect pattern 8C as an enemy character CRB, and the character pattern 8Ra constituting the right effect pattern 8R is formed from the right effect pattern 8R as a winged ally character CRA. pop out suddenly. Also, the three pending icons 9A and the four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending display positions 9Cd are hidden. Incidentally, the number patterns 8Cb forming the middle effect pattern 8C and the number patterns 8Rb forming the right effect pattern 8R may be switched from various normal colors to gold (yellow) which is a specific color.

Then, as shown in FIG. 54(H), although the timer image TMR has a remaining time of only 27 seconds, the timer image TMR disappears from the display screen 7a, the timer effect K ends, and the left side of the display screen 7a An enemy character CRB is arranged, and a winged ally character CRA is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a, and a runaway action (runaway battle) between the winged ally character CRA and the enemy character CRB starts (develops, occur, appear), and the battle unfolds. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. Even if the remaining time is only 27 seconds, by resetting this remaining time, the production time for the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is ensured. In other words, even if the remaining time is only 27 seconds in the timer image TMR, the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is longer than the remaining time, is not terminated in the middle, and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is not terminated. All contents from the beginning to the end of the battle production) can be provided to the player.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 54(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), an effect is performed to announce the victory of the winged ally character CRA. is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged human form ally character CRA. At the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the winged ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. At the same time, the winged friend character CRA crouching behind the enemy character CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the message MG "defeated" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 54(J), on the display screen 7a, character patterns 8La, 8Ca, and 8La, which respectively constitute a left effect pattern 8L, a middle effect pattern 8C, and a right effect pattern 8R, are all winged figures. The pattern becomes the same as the character pattern, and the number patterns constituting the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed with the same pattern (here, the number "5"), A win game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a player wins (jackpot) and a profit is given to the player. The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect)) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad. , a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical The pending icon 9A is displayed, the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad, and the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. disappears.

The character patterns 8La, 8Ca, 8La constituting the stopped left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R, respectively, are all gold (yellow), which is a specific color. On the other hand, the number symbols 8Lb, 8Cb, 8Lb constituting the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are stopped and displayed, are red, which is the normal color for odd numbers.

In addition, the number patterns 8Lb, 8Cb, and 8Lb, which respectively constitute the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R, which are stopped and displayed, change from the normal color for odd numbers (red) to the specific color, gold (yellow). You may make it switch.

In this way, when the timer production K is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high degree of expectation that a win (jackpot) is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as you can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action production (runaway battle production), you can improve the interest.

In addition, when the timer production K is performed, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which profits are given to the player in the remaining time, starts ( ), the timer effect K can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect K, when a predetermined time is reached, as in the conventional art, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for one time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing the freshness of the timer presentation K.

[Timer effect L]
Next, the timer effect L will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 55 is a diagram for explaining the timer effect L. FIG. First, as shown in FIG. 55(A), on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, a stereoscopic image left effect symbol 8L, a stereoscopic image middle effect symbol 8C, and a stereoscopic image right effect symbol 8R are displayed on the display screen 7a. The variable display of performance patterns (composed of various character patterns with numbers "1" to "9" attached) is started in a display mode in which the reels are rotated from the upper side to the lower side. When the variable display of the performance pattern is started, the stop-displayed performance pattern changes from the opaque state to the semi-transparent state while gradually increasing the speed from the low speed, and becomes a display mode in which it fluctuates at high speed. As a result, the background image arranged behind the production pattern can be visually recognized through the semi-transparent production pattern that is changing at high speed. The performance pattern is decelerated immediately before it stops and changes from a translucent state to an opaque state again, and is temporarily stopped or stopped (displayed temporarily and then stopped). In addition, in the state of the temporary stop display, the effect pattern is displayed in a mode of slowly moving up and down in small steps.

At the center of the upper side of the display screen 7a, although not shown, there is provided a sub-variable area in which small-sized performance symbols respectively corresponding to the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C, and the right performance symbols 8R are variably displayed. The small performance pattern is always in an opaque state, and does not become translucent even when the fluctuation is started, and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. When the variable display of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R is started, along with this, in the sub-variation area, the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R correspond respectively. The small performance symbols are variably displayed, and all the left performance symbols 8L, the middle performance symbols 8C and the right performance symbols 8R are stopped and displayed, and at the same time, the corresponding small performance symbols are all stopped and displayed.

A state in which one or more of the left production pattern 8L, the middle production pattern 8C, and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed (for example, the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in the same pattern to reach is formed), the corresponding small production patterns (for example, even if the left production pattern 8L is temporarily stopped and displayed, the small production patterns corresponding to the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed. However, all the right performance symbols 8R and the corresponding small performance symbols continue to be variably displayed.

In addition, when the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and they are not aligned with the same pattern and become misaligned, the left effect pattern 8L and the middle effect pattern are displayed. 8C, right production pattern 8R and each corresponding small production pattern may be the same pattern as the left production pattern 8L, medium production pattern 8C and right production pattern 8R, or may be completely different. good. In addition, when the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C, and the right performance pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed, and the big hit is achieved by matching the same symbols, the left performance pattern 8L and the middle performance pattern 8C are obtained. , the right performance pattern 8R and the corresponding small performance patterns are arranged in the same pattern as the left performance pattern 8L, the middle performance pattern 8C and the right performance pattern 8R.

The suspension icon 9C corresponding to the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C, and the right effect symbol 8R, which are currently fluctuating as the completion of the first special figure suspension, is not displayed in the center of the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. is displayed at the reserved display position 9Cd (above the rectangular image). A first reservation display area is provided as a first special figure reservation in the area of the display screen 7a on the left side of the reservation display position 9Cd. In this first pending display area, the pending icons 9A can be displayed at four pending display positions 9Ad (above the rectangular image), respectively, and a maximum of four pending icons 9A can be stocked. The four reserved display positions 9Ad are a first reserved display position 9Ad, a second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad from a position close to the reserved display position 9Cd toward the left side of the display screen 7a. They are linearly arranged and displayed along the lower side of the display screen 7a in the order of the display position 9Ad.

When the pending icon 9A displayed at the first pending display position 9Ad moves to the pending display position 9Cd and becomes the pending icon 9C, the size of the pending icon 9C is the same as that of the pending icon immediately before the movement. The size is about 1.5 times the size of 9A, and the shape and color of the pending icon 9C suggests to the player the degree of expectation of winning with respect to the pending icon 9C. On the other hand, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad moves to the third pending display position 9Ad, the pending icon 9A displayed at the third pending display position 9Ad moves to the second pending display. When moving to the position 9Ad, when the pending icon 9A displayed at the second pending display position 9Ad moves to the first pending display position 9Ad, except when the shape of the pending icon 9A changes to another shape Therefore, the size of each pending icon 9A is the same as the size of the pending icon 9A immediately before the movement.

Here, the white spherical suspension icon 9C is displayed at the suspension display position 9Cd, and the white spherical suspension icon is displayed at the first suspension display position 9Ad, the second suspension display position 9Ad, and the third suspension display position 9Ad. are respectively displayed, and the suspension icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth suspension display position 9Ad. That is, the three pending icons 9A, 9A, 9A are in a state of being stocked without being digested.

In addition, the suspension icon 9A corresponding to the first special figure suspension based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 20, which was displayed on the lower side of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 in the variable display of the performance symbols. , In addition to the reservation icon 9B corresponding to the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the second start opening 21, the first special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball to the first start opening 20 Although not shown, the second special figure reservation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 is displayed as a number, but it is arranged and displayed on the lower left side (lower left corner) of the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. and does not disappear from the display screen 7a. Here, although not shown, there are three first special figure reservations based on the entry of the game ball to the first start port 20, the blue number "3" is on the left side, and the entry of the game ball to the second start port 21 The second special figure reservation based on zero is arranged and displayed on the lower left side (lower left corner) of the display screen 7a with the red number "0" spaced apart from each other on the right side.

Here, a brief description of the pending icon 9C (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as a “holding icon”) will be made. Differences in shape and color indicate differences in the degree of expectation for winning during the lottery corresponding to the pending icon. ing. For example, seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon, yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon, black spherical pending icon, smiling spherical pending icon, red spherical pending icon, green spherical pending icon , blue spherical pending icon, white spherical pending icon, among the 8 pending icons, the seven-color (rainbow (rich jackpot)) spherical pending icon has the highest probability of winning, and the yellow (gold) star-shaped pending icon The icon has the second highest probability of winning, the black spherical pending icon has the third highest probability of winning, the smiling sphere pending icon has the fourth highest probability of winning, and the red spherical pending icon has the fifth highest probability of winning. The expectation of winning is high, the green spherical pending icon is the 6th highest expectation of winning, the blue spherical pending icon is the 7th highest expectation of winning, and the white spherical pending icon is the lowest expectation of winning. It has become.

In the following explanation, for convenience of explanation, it is assumed that the game ball does not enter the first starting hole 20 and the second starting hole 21 after the start of the fluctuation of the performance symbols in FIG. 55(A).

The variable display of the effect symbols in FIG. 55(A) is started, and as shown in FIG. 55(B), the timer effect L is started. Image TMR1 is displayed. A timer image TMR1 indicates the remaining time counted down from a fixed time (here, 99 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR1 is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the first timer display mode. In the first timer display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in weak gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR1 starts counting down, the timer image TMR1 is reduced from the center of the display screen 7a toward the upper left side (upper left corner) while maintaining the first timer display mode. . In the state where the timer image TMR1 has been moved to the upper left side (upper left corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR1 is the same as the size of the timer image TMR1 when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

When the countdown by the timer image TMR1 is started and the remaining time is displayed as 90 seconds in the timer image TMR1 as shown in FIG. , the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is continued. At this time, a timer image TMR2 having a large rectangular area is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a as the second timer. The size of the timer image TMR2 displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a is the same size as the timer image TMR1 displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in FIG. 55(B). A timer image TMR2 indicates the remaining time counted down from a fixed time (here, 60 seconds). During the remaining time, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation that some kind of production (runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win production) may occur. Also, the timer image TMR2 is displayed large in the center of the display screen 7a in the second timer display mode. In the second timer display mode, the entire rectangular area is lit in strong gray, and the remaining time is lit in black.

Before the timer image TMR2 starts counting down, the timer image TMR2 is reduced from the center of the display screen 7a toward the upper right side (upper right corner) while maintaining the second timer display mode. . When the timer image TMR2 has been moved to the upper right side (upper right corner) of the display screen 7a and arranged, the size of the timer image TMR2 is the same as the size of the timer image TMR2 when arranged in the center of the display screen 7a. The vertical distance dimension and the horizontal distance dimension are each about one-third the size of the original.

The countdown by the timer image TMR1 is continued and the countdown by the timer image TMR2 is started, and as shown in FIG. When 55 seconds are displayed (that is, when 5 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 55(C)), the variable display of the production pattern (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) continues. there is

After that, the speed of the variable display of the performance symbols (8L of left performance symbols, 8C of middle performance symbols, and 8R of right performance symbols) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. At the time when the remaining time is displayed as 45 seconds in the timer image TMR2 (that is, at the time when 10 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 55(D)), the left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", and the middle effect symbol 8C is The number "4" and the right performance pattern 8R become the number "5", and the same patterns are not aligned and temporarily stopped and displayed.

Subsequently, the re-variation display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, medium effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) temporarily stopped and displayed is started. In other words, a pseudo-relationship is started. At this time, the countdown by timer image TMR1 and timer image TMR2 is continued. Re-varying display of the effect symbols (left effect symbol 8L, middle effect symbol 8C, right effect symbol 8R) is started, and then, as shown in FIG. At the time when the remaining time is displayed as 40 seconds in the timer image TMR2 (that is, when 5 seconds have elapsed from FIG. 49 (E)), the production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production 8R) is continued.

After that, the speed due to the variable display of the production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is reduced, and as shown in FIG. When it becomes "7", the same symbols are temporarily stopped and displayed, and the variable display of the medium effect symbol 8C is continued to form a ready-to-win state. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 disappear from the display screen 7a, and the timer effect L is performed. ends. At the time the reach is formed, the timer image TMR1 actually has a remaining time of 67 seconds and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds. TMR2 disappears and the timer effect L ends.

After the reach is formed, as shown in FIG. 55(H), the friend character CRA is arranged on the left side of the display screen 7a, and the enemy character CRB is arranged on the right side of the display screen 7a. and the enemy character CRB start (deploy, generate, appear) a runaway action (runaway battle), and the battle unfolds. As described above, the performance time of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation) is variable by inserting various images during the presentation, and has a short duration of 65 seconds and a long duration of 90 seconds. As described above, the timer image TMR1 actually has a remaining time of 67 seconds, and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds. By completely erasing the timer image TMR2 and resetting all the remaining times, the production time of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) is ensured. In other words, even if the timer image TMR1 has a remaining time of 67 seconds and the timer image TMR2 has a remaining time of 37 seconds, the runaway action has a longer presentation time than the remaining time. The production (runaway battle production) is not terminated in the middle, and all contents from the beginning to the end of the runaway action production (runaway battle production) can be provided to the player.

Three pending icons 9A and four pending display positions 9Ad are hidden, and the pending icon 9C and the pending The display position 9Cd is hidden.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 55(I), at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), the allied character CRA takes on the winged human form, and an effect is performed to announce the victory of the allied character CRA in the winged human form. The winged ally character CRA is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a, and the message MG "Victory" is displayed to the left of the winged ally character CRA. It should be noted that at the end of the runaway action (runaway battle), when an effect is performed to announce the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character), the enemy character CRB is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a and the enemy character is displayed. An ally character CRA crouching behind CRB is displayed on the display screen 7a, and a message MG of "defeat" is displayed at the center and slightly lower side of the display screen 7a.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 55(J), the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are stopped and displayed together in the same pattern (here, the number "7") on the display screen 7a. , a winning game (jackpot game (jackpot performance)) is performed in which a profit is given to the player as a win (jackpot). The winning game (jackpot game (jackpot effect) is completed, and before the variable display of the effect patterns (left effect pattern 8L, medium effect pattern 8C, right effect pattern 8R) is started, again, the first holding display position 9Ad, A second reserved display position 9Ad, a third reserved display position 9Ad and a fourth reserved display position 9Ad are displayed, and white spherical The pending icon 9A is displayed, the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad, the pending display position 9Cd appears again, and the pending icon 9C is displayed from the display screen 7a. It will disappear.

In the timer effect L, in FIG. 55(I), the effect informing the victory of the winged ally character CRA is not performed, but the effect informing the victory of the enemy character CRB (that is, the defeat of the ally character) is performed. When the message MG "defeat" is displayed on the display screen 7a, for example, in FIG. The number "7" is displayed without being aligned with the same pattern, and there is a case where the misalignment is confirmed and displayed, and even if the reach is formed in FIG. The action (runaway battle) does not start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) (becomes a so-called normal reach), and in FIG. , the right effect symbol 8R becomes the number "7", and the same symbols are not aligned and displayed stopped, and the deviation may be confirmed and displayed.

When the deviation is confirmed and displayed, the first reservation display position 9Ad, the second reservation display position 9Ad, the third reservation display position 9Ad and the fourth reservation display position 9Ad are displayed again, and the first reservation display position 9Ad and the second reservation display position 9Ad are displayed. A white spherical pending icon 9A is displayed at the pending display position 9Ad and the third pending display position 9Ad, and the pending icon 9A is not displayed at the fourth pending display position 9Ad. 9Cd reappears, and the suspension icon 9C disappears from the display screen 7a due to the confirmation display of the deviation.

In this way, when the timer effect L is performed, a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is an advanced SP ready-to-win effect with a high expectation of winning (jackpot) in which a profit is given to the player in the remaining time, is performed. May be initiated (deployed, spawned, appeared). As a result, there is a possibility that a runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) will suddenly start (deploy, occur, appear) within the remaining time. As long as it is displayed, it is possible to expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action presentation (runaway battle presentation), and the interest can be improved.

In addition, as in the past, a plurality of timer images are displayed to allow the player to start (deployment, generation, appearance) to a high-expectation development SP ready-to-win production that will be a win (jackpot) in which a profit is awarded to the player. In this case, for example, if three timer images (multiple timer images) of 5 seconds, 15 seconds, and 20 seconds are displayed, the multiple timer images are set for a short time (in other words , For example, 60 seconds, 70 seconds, 80 seconds, 90 seconds, 100 seconds, etc. are not included), even if these timer images are displayed, the development SP reach production When the player cannot expect the start (deployment, generation, appearance) and, on the other hand, for example, when three timer images (a plurality of timer images) of 5 seconds, 15 seconds, and 90 seconds are displayed, a plurality of timer images are displayed. Since some of them are set for a long time, when a timer image set for a long time is displayed, the player expects the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the development SP reach effect. It was ready. On the other hand, in the timer effect L, when the timer effect L is performed, a plurality of timer images such as the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed, and then all the timer images disappear from the display screen 7a. are all reset, a runaway action production (runaway battle production), which is an advanced SP reach production, may start (deploy, occur, appear). Therefore, when a plurality of timer images such as the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed, the player can respond to the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect), which is the advanced SP reach effect. can be expected. Furthermore, the timer effect L can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the rut of a monotonous countdown due to the timer image.

In addition, in the timer effect L, unlike the conventional art, when a predetermined time is reached, the runaway action effect (specific effect) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared), but for a period of time (that is, an arbitrary time). ), the runaway action production (specific production) may start (deployment, occurrence, appearance), so it is necessary for the player to understand when the runaway action production (specific production) starts (deployment, occurrence, appearance). can be made difficult to be stolen. This makes it difficult for the player to lose the freshness of the timer effect L.

[Effect example]
An example of the effect of the timer effect is shown below.
[Effect 1]
44, timer effect B of FIG. 45, timer effect C of FIG. 46, timer effect D of FIG. 47, timer effect E of FIG. 48 and timer effect E of FIG. In production F, an image display device 7 (display means) for displaying a plurality of types of production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8C, right production pattern 8R) is provided, and a plurality of production patterns (left production pattern 8L, middle production pattern 8R) are provided. A first effect for executing the variable display of the effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R), and during the execution of the first effect, the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7 (display means) and the timer image TMR is updated. and a third effect in which a runaway action effect (specific effect) can be started only during execution of the second effect. According to this configuration, when the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7, there is a possibility that the runaway action effect (specific effect) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). As a result, as long as the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7, the player can expect the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action effect (specific effect), thereby improving the interest. can be planned.
Further, when the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7, the runaway action effect (specific effect) may start (deploy, occur, appear). Various timer effects that are displayed can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the monotonous countdown of the conventional timer image.
50, timer effect H of FIG. 51, timer effect I of FIG. 52, timer effect J of FIG. 53, timer effect K of FIG. 54, and timer effect L of FIG.

[Effect 2]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment, for example, in the timer effect B of FIG. 45, the timer effect C of FIG. 46, the timer effect D of FIG. 47, the timer effect E of FIG. 48 and the timer effect F of FIG. When the effect (that is, the runaway action effect (specific effect)) is started, the second effect (that is, the updated display of the timer image TMR) is ended. According to this configuration, by ending the update display of the timer image TMR when the runaway action effect (specific effect) is started, the timer image TMR is mistakenly recognized by the player as the effect time of the runaway action effect (specific effect). You can prevent it from happening. The runaway action effect (specific effect) can proceed without ending in the middle of the effect depending on the timer image TMR.
The same applies to timer effect H in FIG. 51, timer effect I in FIG. 52, timer effect J in FIG. 53, timer effect K in FIG. 54, and timer effect L in FIG.

[Effect 3]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, for example, in the timer effect A of FIG. )) is not executed, and the second effect (that is, the update display of the timer image TMR) ends. According to this configuration, it is possible to inform the player that the period in which the runaway action effect (specific effect) can start (develop, occur, appear) has passed.
The same applies to the timer effect G in FIG.

[Effect 4]
In the gaming machine 1 of the above-described embodiment, for example, in the timer effect F shown in FIGS. In the effect (that is, the runaway action effect (specific effect)), all of the timer images TMR1 and TMR2 can be erased from the image display device 7 . According to this configuration, a plurality of timer images such as the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed, and then all the timer images disappear from the display screen 7a, thereby starting (developing, developing, Therefore, the timer effect L can contribute to eliminating (wiping out) the monotonous countdown of the conventional timer image.
The same applies to the timer effects L in FIGS. 55(B) to (F).

[Effect 5]
44, timer effect B of FIG. 45, timer effect C of FIG. 46, timer effect D of FIG. 47, timer effect E of FIG. 48 and timer effect E of FIG. In the effect F, the second effect displays the remaining time counted down and updated as the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2. According to this configuration, instead of starting (deploying, generating, appearing) subsequent to the completion of a monotonous countdown by a timer image as in the past, a runaway action production (specified production) can be started (deployment, occurrence, appearance). In other words, it is possible to increase the variation of the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) timing of the runaway action production (specific production).
50, timer effect H of FIG. 51, timer effect I of FIG. 52, timer effect J of FIG. 53, timer effect K of FIG. 54, and timer effect L of FIG.

[Effect 6]
44, timer effect B of FIG. 45, timer effect C of FIG. 46, timer effect D of FIG. 47, timer effect E of FIG. 48 and timer effect E of FIG. In the effect F, the specific effect is the SP ready-to-win effect. According to this configuration, when the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are updated and displayed, the runaway action effect (specific effect), which is the SP ready-to-win effect (advanced SP reach effect), starts (develops, This can contribute to keeping the player's sense of anticipation for (occurrence, appearance).
50, timer effect H of FIG. 51, timer effect I of FIG. 52, timer effect J of FIG. 53, timer effect K of FIG. 54, and timer effect L of FIG.

[Modification]
A modified example of the timer effect is shown below.
[Modification 1]
In the timer effects A to L shown in FIGS. 44 to 55, the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device . When the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1 and the timer image TMR2 are displayed on the display screen 7a, an effect button image simulating the effect button 63 operable by the player is displayed on the display screen 7a so that the player can see the effect button. 63 (for example, a display mode in which a downward arrow image is repeatedly moved up and down in the vicinity of the effect button image, and an image message of "Press!" is displayed in the vicinity of the effect button image). display mode to be displayed, etc.) may also be displayed together. In this way, when the player operates (depresses) the production button 63 and the runaway action production (specific production) starts (develops, occurs, appears), the player can be given a sense of accomplishment. .

[Modification 2]
In the timer effects A to L shown in FIGS. 44 to 55, the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device . Even if the display mode of the entire rectangular area of the timer image TMR is changed during the period immediately before the start of the countdown by the timer image TMR, the timer images TMR1, and the timer images TMR2 and the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) occurs. good. For example, the entire rectangular regions of the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are changed from gray lighting (weak gray lighting or strong gray lighting)→blue lighting→green lighting→yellow (gold) lighting to perform a runaway action. The level of expectation for the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the production (runaway battle production) may be suggested. In this case, furthermore, when the entire rectangular regions of the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are set to seven colors (rainbow), the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) is certain. , and it may be made to suggest that the jackpot will be rich.

[Modification 3]
In the timer effects A to L shown in FIGS. 44 to 55, the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2 are displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device . A countdown is started by the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image TMR2, and a runaway action production (runaway battle production) set with a high degree of expectation that the player will be awarded a jackpot is started (deployment, occurrence, appearance). For gaming machines with game specifications that have small wins in addition to big wins, the start (development, occurrence, appearance) of runaway action effects (runaway battle effects) by various timer effects is applied to small wins in addition to big wins. may

[Modification 4]
In timer effects A of FIG. 44 and timer effects G of FIG. The timer effect G had ended. The image control microcomputer 101 analyzes various commands received from the sub-control board 90 (for example, a variable effect start command). The corresponding image data is read out from the image display device 7 and displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. FIG. That is, the image control microcomputer 101 did not start (deploy, generate, appear) the runaway action effect (runaway battle effect) by erasing the timer image TMR from the display screen 7a in accordance with the instruction to execute the timer effect A and the timer effect G. . However, the image control microcomputer 101 analyzes various commands received from the sub-control board 90 (for example, a variable effect start command), and even if the instruction to execute the timer effect A and the timer effect G is not included, the timer Effect A and timer effect G may be executed. In this case, the image control microcomputer 101 independently determines the start (deployment, occurrence, appearance) of timer performance A and timer performance G by lottery, and executes timer performance A and timer performance G when winning. When the image control microcomputer 101 starts executing the timer performance A and the timer performance G, thereafter, the timer image TMR is erased from the display screen 7a and the runaway action performance (runaway battle performance) is not started (deployed, generated, appeared). Even with this configuration, when the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7, there is a possibility that the runaway action effect (specific effect) will start (develop, occur, appear). As long as the timer image TMR is displayed on the image display device 7, the start (deployment, generation, appearance) of the runaway action performance (specific performance) can be expected, so the interest can be improved.

[Modification 5]
In the timer effects A to L shown in FIGS. 44 to 55, when the timer effects A to L are started, first, the timer image TMR, the timer image TMR1, and the timer image having a large rectangular area in the center of the display screen 7a are displayed. TMR2 was displayed, after which it was reduced and moved from the center of the display screen 7a toward the upper right side (upper right corner) or the upper left side (upper left corner). However, it may continue to be displayed as it is in the center of the display screen 7a. In this case, the image may be reduced and displayed to have the same size as when it is reduced and moved toward the upper right side (upper right corner) or the upper left side (upper left corner). It should be noted that the display screen 7a may be reduced and moved from the center of the display screen 7a to a position other than the upper right side (upper right corner) or the upper left side (upper left corner). In this case, for example, the timer image TMR is displayed from the center of the display screen 7a to the center of the right side of the display screen 7a, from the center of the display screen 7a to the lower right (lower right upper corner), from the center of the display screen 7a to the lower left ( lower left corner), and is arranged on the outer peripheral side of the display screen 7a, such as from the center of the display screen 7a to the center of the left side of the display screen 7a.

[Modification 6]
Timer effect A in FIG. 44, timer effect B in FIG. 45, timer effect C in FIG. 46, timer effect D in FIG. 47, timer effect E in FIG. 48, timer effect G in FIG. 50, timer effect H in FIG. In the timer effect I of 52, the timer effect J of FIG. 53, and the timer effect K of FIG. 54, the timer image TMR indicates the remaining time counted down from a single fixed time (here, 60 seconds). However, as the single fixed time, instead of 60 seconds, other single fixed times such as 40 seconds, 50 seconds, 70 seconds, 80 seconds, and 90 seconds may be adopted. fixed time.

[Modification 7]
In the timer effect B of FIG. 45(F), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "3", and the same pattern is not aligned, and it stops temporarily. After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect B ended, and the runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "4", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "7", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "3", the left effect symbol 8L is temporarily stopped without aligning the same symbols. And the right production pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the medium production pattern 8C is changed again, so that the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are aligned with the same pattern (number "7"). A reach may be formed. Immediately before a reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before a reach is formed) or at the same time as a reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect B ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect C of FIG. 46(H), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "4". After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect C ended, and the runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "7", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "4", the left effect symbol 8L is temporarily stopped without aligning the same symbols. And the right production pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the medium production pattern 8C is changed again, so that the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are aligned with the same pattern (number "7"). A reach may be formed. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect C ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect D of FIG. 47(G), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "7", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "3". After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect D ended, and the runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "3", the same symbols are not aligned and temporarily stopped, the right effect symbol 8R is displayed. is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the middle effect symbol 8C is changed again, so that the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R are aligned with the same symbol (number "7") to form a reach. You may do so. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect D ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect E of FIG. 48(G), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "5". Temporarily stop-displayed, and out of the left effect pattern 8L, middle effect pattern 8C and right effect pattern 8R which are temporarily stopped and displayed, the character pattern of the right effect pattern 8R is switched to the character pattern of the winged man form, and then from the display screen 7a. The timer image TMR disappeared, the timer effect E ended, and a runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the character pattern of the right effect pattern 8R among the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R which are temporarily stopped and displayed is switched to the character pattern of the wing man form, the left effect pattern 8L and the right effect pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the middle effect symbol 8C is changed again, so that the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R are aligned with the same symbol (number "7") to form a reach. You may do so. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect E ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect H of FIG. 51(F), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "3". After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect H ended, and a runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "4", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "7", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "3", the left effect symbol 8L is temporarily stopped without aligning the same symbols. And the right production pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the medium production pattern 8C is changed again, so that the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are aligned with the same pattern (number "7"). A reach may be formed. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect H ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect I of FIG. 52(H), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "3", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "7", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "4". After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect I ended, and the runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "3", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "7", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "4", the left effect symbol 8L is temporarily stopped without aligning the same symbols. And the right production pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the medium production pattern 8C is changed again, so that the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R are aligned with the same pattern (number "7"). A reach may be formed. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect I ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect J of FIG. 53(G), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "7", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "4", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "3". After that, the timer image TMR disappeared from the display screen 7a, the timer effect J ended, and the runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the left effect symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle effect symbol 8C is the number "4", and the right effect symbol 8R is the number "3", the same symbols are not aligned and temporarily stopped, the right effect symbol 8R is displayed. is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the middle effect symbol 8C is changed again, so that the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R are aligned with the same symbol (number "7") to form a reach. You may do so. Immediately before a reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before a reach is formed) or at the same time as a reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect J ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.
Also, in the timer effect K of FIG. 54(G), the left effect pattern 8L is the number "4", the middle effect pattern 8C is the number "3", and the right effect pattern 8R is the number "5". Temporarily stop-displayed, and out of the left effect pattern 8L, middle effect pattern 8C and right effect pattern 8R which are temporarily stopped and displayed, the character pattern of the right effect pattern 8R is switched to the character pattern of the winged man form, and then from the display screen 7a. The timer image TMR disappeared, the timer effect K ended, and a runaway action (runaway battle) started (deployed, occurred, appeared). However, when the character pattern of the right effect pattern 8R among the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C and the right effect pattern 8R which are temporarily stopped and displayed is switched to the character pattern of the wing man form, the left effect pattern 8L and the right effect pattern 8R is switched to the number "7" to display a temporary stop, and the middle effect symbol 8C is changed again, so that the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R are aligned with the same symbol (number "7") to form a reach. You may do so. Immediately before the reach is formed (for example, 1 second or 1.5 seconds before the reach is formed) or at the same time as the reach is formed, the timer image TMR disappears and the timer effect K ends. After the reach is formed, a runaway action (runaway battle) is started (deployed, generated, appeared). In this case, if the left effect pattern 8L, the middle effect pattern 8C, and the right effect pattern 8R are all stopped and displayed in the same pattern (here, the number "7"), a big win will occur. If the performance symbol 8L is the number "7", the middle performance symbol 8C is the number "3", and the right performance symbol 8R is the number "7", and if the same symbols are not aligned and stopped, they are lost.

[Modification 8]
The timer effects A to L shown in FIGS. 44 to 55 may not include some of the effects described above, or may include other effects.

[Mode example]
The gaming machine of this embodiment can implement the following aspects.
◇ [Aspect B1-1]
A gaming machine comprising display means for displaying a plurality of performance symbols,
a first effect for executing a variable display of the plurality of effect symbols;
a second effect of displaying a timer on the display means and updating the timer during execution of the first effect;
A third effect that can start a specific effect only during the execution of the second effect, and
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect B1-2]
The gaming machine according to aspect B1-1,
When the third effect is started, the timer is turned off from the display means, and the second effect is terminated.
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect B1-3]
A gaming machine according to aspect B1-1 or aspect B1-2,
When the timer reaches a predetermined time, the second effect ends without executing the third effect,
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect B1-4]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects B1-1 to B1-3,
In the second production, a plurality of timers are displayed,
In the third effect, all of the plurality of timers are erased from the display means;
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect B1-5]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects B1-1 to B1-4,
The second effect displays the remaining time counted down and updated as the timer.
A gaming machine characterized by:

◇ [Aspect B1-6]
The gaming machine according to any one of aspects B1-1 to B1-5,
The specific production is SP reach production,
A gaming machine characterized by:

[Other Modifications]
The various display effects described above may include a configuration that does not include some of the effects, or may include effects other than those described above.

The gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment has been described by taking a pachinko gaming machine as an example, but it is not limited to this. For example, instead of the pachinko game machine, the present invention may be applied to a reel-type game machine such as a slot machine, an arrange ball game machine, or a mahjong ball game machine. When the game machine 1 is a slot machine, the game medium may be changed from game balls to game medals.

The gaming machine 1 of the above embodiment is a gaming machine equipped with a payout device for paying out balls, but is not limited to this. For example, instead of the game machine 1, the present invention may be applied to a game machine without a payout device, such as a so-called enclosed game machine.

In addition, among the plurality of production examples and/or modifications described above, two or more production examples and/or modifications may be combined. Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 may include a sub-display device in addition to the image display device 7 . In this case, the display effects described above may be executed by the sub-display device.

The present aspect has been described above based on the embodiments and modifications, but the above-described embodiments are intended to facilitate understanding of the present aspect, and do not limit the present aspect. This aspect may be modified and modified without departing from the spirit and scope of the claims, and this aspect includes equivalents thereof.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1... Game machine 3... Game area 7... Image display device 7a... Display screen 81... Game control microcomputer 91... Production control microcomputer 101... Image control microcomputer

Claims (1)

A gaming machine comprising display means for displaying a plurality of performance symbols,
a first effect for executing a variable display of the plurality of effect symbols;
a second effect of displaying a plurality of timers on the display means and updating the plurality of timers during execution of the first effect;
a third effect capable of starting a specific effect only while the second effect is being executed;
When starting the third effect, all of the plurality of timers are erased from the display means, and the second effect is terminated.
A gaming machine characterized by:

Images